11.12.2012 Views

The China Venture

The China Venture

The China Venture

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>:<br />

Business Environment and Strategic Considerations<br />

Prof. Dr. Li Choy Chong, Oliver Kabuth, and Klaus Kukovetz (editors)<br />

<strong>The</strong> Asia Research Centre,<br />

<strong>The</strong> Research Institute for International Management,<br />

<strong>The</strong> University of St. Gallen<br />

featuring papers by<br />

Matthias Weibel<br />

Dr. Michael Loretan<br />

Cinderella Freiin von Dungern<br />

Klaus Kukovetz<br />

Rainer G. Kirchhofer and Stephan Lechner<br />

Matthias Kästner<br />

Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />

I wish to thank the Grundlagenforschungsfonds (GFF) of the University of St. Gallen for<br />

supporting the employment of assistants, Peter Lindstrom, Anita Subramanian and Matthias<br />

Weibel, to work on the project.<br />

I also wish to thank the many student-authors who have contributed to the work of these<br />

three books, in terms of their articles, revisions and updates and other editorial and secretarial<br />

assistance. In particular, I would like to thank Oliver Kabuth, Klaus Kukovetz, Matthias<br />

Weibel, Michael Loretan, Cinderella von Dungern, Rainer Kirchhofer, Stephan Lechner,<br />

Matthias Kästner, Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller, for their contributions to the <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>Venture</strong> book;<br />

Peter Lindstrom, the students of the Vietnam study group (Marc Ammann, Verena Antl,<br />

Andreas Barfuss, Andrea Baumeister, Christian Chalut, Fabian Engl, Thomas Glesti, Urs<br />

Graf, Thomas Gysi, Benjamin Jäggi, Brigitta Joho, Monica Kirchhoff, Chantal Landert,<br />

Florian Lanz, Robert Liebl, Jürgen Müller, Oliver Schwarz, Pascal Sommerhalder, Joel<br />

Widmer and Antonia Zambon, including my assistants Reza Rahimi, Klaus Kukovetz and<br />

Peter Lindstrom), Stefan Otto, Reza Rahami, Tina Habicht, Philipp Reese, Marco Sütterle,<br />

Peter Geiser, Matthias Kästner, and Christian Carduck, for their contributions to the Emerging<br />

Asia book, and<br />

Anita Subramanian, Peter Lindstrom, Marusa Fasano, Christian Börstnar, Marc Oesch,<br />

Andreas Barfuss, Sven Graber, Stefan Graf, Gabriel le Laidier Robert Liebl, and Daniel<br />

Seeli, for their contributions to the Asia Businesses in Europe book.<br />

Finally, I wish to thank my secretary, Kristina Stalder and my personal assistants, Mirweiss<br />

Meidanval and Ricarda Ross for their often unseen and unacknowledged help in my work<br />

place.<br />

Li Choy Chong<br />

ii


Table of Contents<br />

List of Figures ..........................................................................................................................viii<br />

List of Tables .............................................................................................................................ix<br />

Abbreviations ..............................................................................................................................x<br />

1. INTRODUCTION: THE CH INA VENTURE ............................................................ 1<br />

2. THE CHINESE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT .......................................................... 4<br />

2.1 THE CHINA REFORM STORY (BY MATTHIAS WEIBEL) ...................................................4<br />

2.2 THE LEGAL SYSTEM IN CHINA (BY DR. MICHAEL LORETAN )........................................6<br />

2.2.1 Chinese Legal History..............................................................................................7<br />

2.2.1.1 Traditional Chinese Law ..................................................................................7<br />

2.2.1.2 Modern Chinese Law .......................................................................................8<br />

2.2.2 Governmental structure..........................................................................................10<br />

2.2.3 Legal structure ........................................................................................................11<br />

2.2.4 Judicial Structure ....................................................................................................12<br />

2.2.5 Current problems of the operating legal system ....................................................14<br />

2.2.6 Foreign Investment Law ........................................................................................15<br />

2.2.7 Contract law ...........................................................................................................16<br />

2.2.8 Company Law ........................................................................................................17<br />

2.2.9 Conclusion .............................................................................................................18<br />

2.3 BUSINESS FINANCE IN CHINA (BY CINDERELLA FREIIN VON DUNGERN) .....................19<br />

2.3.1 Financial framework for foreign direct investments..............................................20<br />

2.3.1.1 Financial sector development in <strong>China</strong> ..........................................................21<br />

2.3.1.2 Financial institutions ......................................................................................23<br />

2.3.1.3 Legal framework for financial structuring .....................................................30<br />

2.3.1.4 Instruments of financial control in <strong>China</strong> .......................................................32<br />

2.3.2 <strong>China</strong>’s financial markets.......................................................................................35<br />

iii


2.3.2.1 Stock market...................................................................................................36<br />

2.3.2.2 Bond market ...................................................................................................37<br />

2.3.2.3 Foreign exchange market...............................................................................38<br />

2.3.2.4 Interbank money market.................................................................................38<br />

2.3.2.5 Short term debt securities market...................................................................40<br />

2.3.3 Instruments of financial management ....................................................................40<br />

2.3.3.1 Equity financing.............................................................................................42<br />

2.3.3.2 Debt financing ................................................................................................45<br />

2.3.3.3 Currency management ....................................................................................48<br />

2.3.4 Conclusions ............................................................................................................50<br />

3. PRE-ENTRY STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS TO MAXIMISE BUSINE SS<br />

POTENTIAL................................................................................................................. 53<br />

3.1 PRE-ENTRY CONSIDERATIONS: NEED FOR BUSINESS SELF-EXAMINATION (BY KLAUS<br />

KUKOVETZ).................................................................................................................53<br />

3.1.1 General Readiness to <strong>Venture</strong> Abroad...................................................................54<br />

3.1.2 Specific Fit with the New Environment: Products and/or Partners .......................54<br />

3.1.3 Practical Illustrations..............................................................................................55<br />

3.1.3.1 Case Study 1: A Swiss labelling and labelling sys tems company (LLSC)....55<br />

3.1.3.2 Case Study 2: Swiss printing systems company (SPSC) ...............................57<br />

3.2 MAXIMISING POTENTIAL THROUGH STRATEGIC FIT WITH POTENTIAL PARTNERS (BY<br />

RAINER G. KIRCHHOFER AND STEPHAN LECHNER) .....................................................61<br />

3.2.1 Issues and Scope of this Paper ...............................................................................61<br />

3.2.2 Changes in <strong>China</strong>’s Attitude towards Investors.....................................................62<br />

3.2.2.1 <strong>The</strong> Chinese Government ...............................................................................62<br />

3.2.2.2 Creation of Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Free Trade Zones (FTZ), and<br />

High Technology Development Zones ..........................................................64<br />

3.2.3 Foreign Governments .............................................................................................66<br />

3.2.3.1 Export Risk Insurance ....................................................................................66<br />

iv


3.2.3.2 Special Funds for Setting Up Businesses .......................................................66<br />

3.2.4 Environment for Investors .....................................................................................67<br />

3.2.4.1 Tax Holidays, Customs Liberation, and Other Incentives .............................67<br />

3.2.4.2 Loans and Guarantees by the State ................................................................68<br />

3.2.4.3 Legal Framework for Foreign Investment .....................................................69<br />

3.2.4.4 Legal Provisions Concerning Land Use.........................................................69<br />

3.2.4.5 Intellectual Property .......................................................................................70<br />

3.2.4.6 Guanxi ............................................................................................................71<br />

3.2.4.7 Environmental Protection ...............................................................................72<br />

3.2.5 Forms of Foreign Investment in <strong>China</strong> ..................................................................73<br />

3.2.5.1 Sino-foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s................................................................74<br />

3.2.5.2 Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV) ................................................................74<br />

3.2.5.3 Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises (WFOE)................................................74<br />

3.2.5. 4 Chinese Holding Companies..........................................................................75<br />

3.2.5.5 Comparison between Investment Vehicles ....................................................76<br />

3.2.6 Strategy Planning ...................................................................................................78<br />

3.2.7 Risk Analysis .........................................................................................................79<br />

3.2.8 Key Success Factors in Chinese Investments ........................................................80<br />

3.2.9 Profiles of Partners Participating in an Investment in <strong>China</strong>.................................83<br />

3.2.9.1 Ideal Profile ....................................................................................................83<br />

3.2.9.2 Dimensions of the Profiles .............................................................................84<br />

3.2.9.3 Profiles of the Partnering Companies .............................................................87<br />

3.2.10 Fund Raising for the Investment in <strong>China</strong> .............................................................97<br />

3.2.10.1 How can the Swiss Government Support SME's Investing in <strong>China</strong>? ...........97<br />

3.2.10.2 How can Swiss Banks Function as Partners?.................................................98<br />

3.2.10.3 Which Fund Raising Strategies should SME's follow for Investment in<br />

<strong>China</strong>?.............................................................................................................98<br />

3.2.11 Management of Human Resources ......................................................................100<br />

3.2.11.1 Managing Labour Law .................................................................................100<br />

v


3.2.11.2 Human Resources as a Cost Factor ..............................................................100<br />

3.2.11.3 Local Staff versus Expatriates ......................................................................101<br />

3.2.11.4 Expatriates and Intercultural Management Skills ........................................101<br />

3.2.12 Management of Relationship ...............................................................................102<br />

3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss ..................................................................................105<br />

3.2.13.1 Company Profile ..........................................................................................105<br />

3.2.13.2 Motivation for Founding Swisstec ...............................................................105<br />

3.2.13.3 Choosing the Partners and Establishment of the Company .........................105<br />

3.2.13.4 Human Resources.........................................................................................106<br />

3.2.13.5 Summary ......................................................................................................106<br />

3.3 MAKING A HIGH - TECH MARKET ENTRY (BY MATTHIAS KÄSTNER)........................107<br />

3.3.1 <strong>The</strong> Choice of the Market Entry Mode: A Framework........................................108<br />

3.3.1.1 Internal Determinants...................................................................................109<br />

3.3.1.2 External Determinants ..................................................................................110<br />

3.3.1.3 <strong>The</strong> Role of Technology...............................................................................111<br />

3.3.2 SME’s Objectives for <strong>China</strong> Activities................................................................111<br />

3.3.2.1 Objective 1: Exploiting Domestic Sales Opportunities................................112<br />

3.3.2.2 Objective 2: Exploiting Existing Know-How and Proprietary Technology 113<br />

3.3.2.3 Objective 3: Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages ..............................114<br />

3.3.2.4 Objective 4: Providing After Sales Service and Maintenance .....................114<br />

3.3.2.5 Objective 5: Research and Development .....................................................115<br />

3.3.3 Assessment of Bargaining Situations for SMEs ..................................................115<br />

3.3.3.1 Bargaining Situation I: SME – Local Chinese Authorities ..........................118<br />

3.3.3.2 Bargaining Situation II: SME – Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner ...................120<br />

3.3.3.3 Bargaining Situation III: SME – Trading House / Distributor.....................122<br />

3.3.3.4 Bargaining Relation IV: SME – Chinese Technology Recipient.................123<br />

3.4 NEGOTIATING FOR A JOINT VENTURE: STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS (BY BRIGITTA<br />

JOHO AND JÜRGEN MÜLLER) .....................................................................................125<br />

3.4.1 Culture..................................................................................................................126<br />

vi


3.4.1.1 National Culture ...........................................................................................126<br />

3.4.1.2 Business Culture...........................................................................................127<br />

3.4.1.3 Corporate culture ..........................................................................................127<br />

3.4.2 Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong><br />

..............................................................................................................................127<br />

3.4.2.1 Understanding of Confucianism...................................................................128<br />

3.4.2.2 Guanxi and the importance of family and friends ........................................129<br />

3.4.2.3 Self-Presentation ..........................................................................................129<br />

3.4.2.4 Conversation at the first meeting .................................................................131<br />

3.4.2.5 Negotiation process and its communication problems .................................132<br />

3.4.2.6 Yes and No...................................................................................................134<br />

3.4.2.7 Further Differences between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong>...................134<br />

3.4.3 Experiences of European Companies with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong> ...................135<br />

3.4.3.1 Interviewed Companies................................................................................135<br />

3.4.3.2 Interviews .....................................................................................................136<br />

3.4.3.3 Important Factors .........................................................................................136<br />

3.4.3.4 Evaluation of the Interviews ........................................................................140<br />

4. POST-ENTRY STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS.............................................. 141<br />

4.1 POST -ENTRY CONSIDERATIONS: NEED FOR RE-EVALUATION AND RE-POSITIONING (BY<br />

KLAUS KUKOVETZ) ...................................................................................................141<br />

4.1.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................141<br />

4.1.2 Case studies..........................................................................................................142<br />

4.1.2.1 Luxury goods company in <strong>China</strong> (LGC)......................................................142<br />

4.1.2.2 Consumer goods company in <strong>China</strong> (CGC).................................................144<br />

Epilogue ..................................................................................................................................148<br />

5. REFERENCES........................................................................................................... 149<br />

6. APPENDIX ................................................................................................................. 159<br />

6.1 FACT SHEET PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA..............................................................159<br />

vii


List of Figures<br />

FIGURE 2-1: DEVELOPMENT OF FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENTS (IN BILLION USD)<br />

COMBINED WITH KEY EVENTS IN CHINA, 1976 - 2000...................................6<br />

FIGURE 2-2: STRUCTURE OF CHINA'S FINANCIAL SECTOR............................................. 24<br />

FIGURE 2-3: STRUCTURE OF CHINA'S BANKING SECTOR................................................. 25<br />

FIGURE 3-1: ORGANISATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE 'S REPUBLIC OF<br />

CHINA........................................................................................................... 63<br />

FIGURE 3-2: MAP OF CHINA............................................................................................. 65<br />

FIGURE 3-3: PRELIMINARY STRUCTURE OF THE "SINO-SWISS PARTNERSHIP FUND".... 67<br />

FIGURE 3-4: MANAGEMENT CONTROL VS . FINANCIAL EXPOSURE OF VARIOUS<br />

INVESTMENT VEHICLES................................................................................ 76<br />

FIGURE 3-5: DEVELOPMENT OF FORMS OF CO-OPERATION IN CHINA............................. 78<br />

FIGURE 3-6: IDEAL PROFILE OF A COMPANY INVESTING IN CHINA................................... 84<br />

FIGURE 3-7: PROFILE OF A TYPICAL SMALL OR MEDIUM ENTERPRISE............................. 88<br />

FIGURE 3-8: PROFILE OF A CHINESE JOINT VENTURE PARTNER.................................... 89<br />

FIGURE 3-9: PROFILE OF FOREIGN BANKS AND GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS................ 90<br />

FIGURE 3-10: PROFILE OF BUSINESS PARKS..................................................................... 91<br />

FIGURE 3-11: PROFILE FOR THE OPTIMUM COMBINATION OF AL L POTENTIAL PARTNERS. 92<br />

FIGURE 3-12: PROFILE OF SUZHOU MFN EMBROIDERY CO. LTD.................................... 93<br />

FIGURE 3-13: PROFILE OF SUZHOU NOVE FASHION & CRAFTS CO. LTD......................... 95<br />

FIGURE 3-14: PROFILE OF SWISSTEC................................................................................ 96<br />

FIGURE 3-15: THE WAY TO "GOLDEN TOWN "..................................................................104<br />

FIGURE 3-16: DETERMINANTS FOR THE CHOICE OF THE MARKET ENTRY STRATEGY......109<br />

FIGURE 3-17: INTERNAL DETERMINANTS .........................................................................110<br />

FIGURE 3-18: THE CHOICE OF MARKET ENTRY STRATEGY.............................................112<br />

FIGURE 3-19: THREE LEVELS OF CULTURE......................................................................126<br />

viii


List of Tables<br />

TABLE 2-1: THE AREAS OF THE FOUR SPECIALISED BANKS............................................ 26<br />

TABLE 2-2: DIFFERENCES IN BANKING SERVICES .......................................................... 29<br />

TABLE 3-1: SWOT ANALYSIS FOR SPSC IN RESPECT TO MARKET ENTRY IN ASIA...... 58<br />

TABLE 3-2: INCENTIVES FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS........................................................ 68<br />

TABLE 3-3: OVERVIEW OF INVESTMENT VEHICLES IN CHINA......................................... 77<br />

TABLE 3-4: STRATEGIC QUESTIONS FOR SME'S PLANNING TO INVEST IN CHINA......... 79<br />

TABLE 3-5: RISK ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENTS IN CHINA................................................. 80<br />

TABLE 3-6: KEY SUCCESS FACTORS C ONCERNING PRODUCTS AND MARKETS............. 81<br />

TABLE 3-7: SUCCESS FACTORS CONCERNING CHINESE PARTNERS.............................. 82<br />

TABLE 3-8: KEY SUCCESS FACTORS CONCERNING COMPANY STRUCTURE AND<br />

ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................................... 83<br />

TABLE 3-9: QUALIFICATION PROFILE OF MANAGERS WORKING IN CHINA....................102<br />

TABLE 3-10: MEMBERS OF THE SWISSTEC ORGANISATION ...........................................105<br />

TABLE 3-11: EXTERNAL DETERMINANTS........................................................................110<br />

TABLE 3-12: TECHNOLOGY DETERMINANTS ..................................................................111<br />

TABLE 3-13: RELATIONS BETWEEN A SME AND ITS BARGAINING PARTNERS...............117<br />

TABLE 3-14: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND CHINESE AUTHORITIES......................................................................118<br />

TABLE 3-15: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND CHINESE JV P ARTNERS.....................................................................120<br />

TABLE 3-16: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND DISTRIBUTORS....................................................................................122<br />

TABLE 3-17: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />

AND CHINESE TECHNOLOGY RECIPIENT...................................................123<br />

TABLE 3-18: COMPARISON OF VALUES AND BEHAVIOUR..............................................129<br />

TABLE 3-19: PRESENTATION OF THE OWN PERSON.......................................................130<br />

TABLE 3-20: COMMUNICATION BEHAVIO UR AT THE FIRST MEETING..............................131<br />

TABLE 3-21: MANAGER-THINKING: COMPARISON OF GERMANY/ SWITZERLAND AND<br />

CHINA.........................................................................................................134<br />

ix


Abbreviations<br />

ABC Agricultural Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

ADB Agricultural Development Bank<br />

APEC Asian-Pacific Economic Co-operation<br />

APT Arbitrage Pricing <strong>The</strong>ory<br />

BOC Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

Bocom Bank of Communications<br />

CAPM Capital Asset Pricing Model<br />

CCB <strong>China</strong> Construction Bank<br />

CCP Chinese Communist Party<br />

CHF Swiss Franks<br />

CIB <strong>China</strong> Investment Bank<br />

CITICIB <strong>China</strong> International Trust and Investment Corporation Industrial Bank<br />

CJV Contractual Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

CMB <strong>China</strong> Merchants Bank<br />

CS Credit Suisse<br />

CSRC <strong>China</strong> Securities Regulatory Commission<br />

DEM German Marks<br />

EBC Everbright Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

EIB Export and Import Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

EJV Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

EMH Efficient Market Hypothesis<br />

FDI Foreign Direct Investment<br />

FIB Fujian Industrial Bank<br />

FIC Foreign Investment Commission<br />

FIE Foreign Invested Enterprise<br />

GATT General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade<br />

x


GBP Pounds Sterling<br />

GDB Guangdong Development Bank<br />

GDP Gross Domestic Product<br />

GITIC Guandong International Trust and Investment Corporation<br />

HDB Hainan Development Bank<br />

HII High-net-income Individual<br />

HKD Hongkong Dollars<br />

HSBC Hongkong & Shangha i Banking Corp.<br />

HWI High-net-worth individual<br />

HXB Huaxia Bank<br />

ICBC Industrial and Commercial Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

IEB Import and Export Bank<br />

IFC International Finance Corporation<br />

IMD International Institute for Management Development<br />

IPO Initial Public Offering<br />

IT Information Technology<br />

JPY Japanese YEN<br />

M&A Mergers and Acquisition<br />

MPT Modern Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory<br />

NBFI Non-Bank Financial Institutions<br />

NETS National Electronic Trading System<br />

OCC Opened Coastal City<br />

OCP Opened Coastal Province<br />

OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development<br />

OTC Over-the-counter<br />

p. page<br />

PB Private Banking<br />

xi


PBOC People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

PDB Pudong Development Bank<br />

PM Portfolio Management<br />

PRC People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong><br />

RMB Renminbi Yua n<br />

SBC Swiss Bank Corporation, now: UBS<br />

SBG Schweizerische Bankgesellschaft, now: UBS<br />

SDB State Development Bank<br />

SEC United States Securities and Exchange Commission<br />

SGD Singapore Dollars<br />

ShDB Shenzhen Development Bank<br />

SOE State-owned enterprise<br />

SSE Shanghai Securities Exchange<br />

STAQS Securities Trading Automated Quotation System<br />

U.K. United Kingdom<br />

U.S. United States (of America)<br />

UBS AG New Name of the united UBS and SBC (Juli 1998)<br />

USD US Dollars<br />

WFOE Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise<br />

WTO World Trade Organisation<br />

xii


1. Introduction: <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Paul Krebs was perplexed and bewildered. Throughout his 22 years as an international<br />

businessman, he has never experienced such inexplicable treatment from his business allies<br />

and acquaintances as he did in <strong>China</strong> recently. It was not that they treated him badly, or they<br />

tried to cheat him or twist his arms. <strong>The</strong>se would not have been surprising at all. <strong>The</strong><br />

perplexing or even bewildering aspect of this episode lies in the fact that they treated him so<br />

very well, treating and feasting him like a VIP, and yet refused to discuss anything relating to<br />

the continuation of a supposedly on-going business, evading and postponing indefinitely<br />

every mention of work and business.<br />

This is definitely strange but should not be inexplicable. After all, these are supposedly<br />

business people and people his firm has been working with over the last 3 years. Indeed,<br />

everything went very well when Mr. Zheng was running the business for him in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong><br />

business started up in <strong>China</strong> without a hitch and the deals struck were always profitable.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was no difficulty whatsoever. No problem was ever brought up to him. He only heard<br />

good news every time he asked. <strong>The</strong> accounts always looked good, in fact too good to be true.<br />

If everything else were not real, at least the money which flowed into his firm’s bank account<br />

in Switzerland were real.<br />

Is this what Guanxi is all about? He heard so much about Guanxi from others, yet never<br />

experienced any problem with it. Perhaps, his firm’s dealings with <strong>China</strong> has been bouyed by<br />

Mr. Zheng’s Guanxi. With Mr. Zheng gone, there is no more Guanxi. This seems plausible,<br />

yet it does not explain the extreme kindness and hospitality of the Chinese. If the Guanxi is<br />

still there, why then are the Chinese not talking business with him. If there is no intention of<br />

wanting to do business, why should they be so nice to him? If Guanxi was the web of<br />

relationships which helped buoy his business in <strong>China</strong> in the past, then it would seem to be a<br />

spider’s web which renders him helpless and unable to move his business now.<br />

Such thoughts have occupied Paul Krebs’ mind since he went on his business trip to <strong>China</strong> 3<br />

weeks ago. <strong>The</strong>re seems to be no logical explanation for all these. It is incredible how one<br />

man (Mr. Zheng) can do so much difference to a business.<br />

Mr. Zheng was an employee of Paul Krebs. He came to work for Paul’s firm after his<br />

graduation from a university in Germany. He was bright, and very hardworking and<br />

responsible. As a result, he soon ear ned the trust and respect of his boss, Paul. After working<br />

3 years with Paul’s firm, he expressed his desire to return home to <strong>China</strong>. This was when Paul<br />

1


Krebs decided that he should perhaps venture into <strong>China</strong> and offered Mr. Zheng the<br />

opportunity to head-up a new venture in <strong>China</strong>. Mr. Zheng readily agreed and set-up a<br />

successful venture for Paul in Shanghai.<br />

Three months ago, Mr. Zheng told Paul that he had been offered the job of General Manager<br />

by an American company in <strong>China</strong> to take overall responsibility for its operations there. He<br />

was offered a pay package worth 3 times his salary working for Paul’s firm. It was an<br />

opportunity too good to miss for Mr. Zheng. Paul did not think Mr. Zheng was worth that<br />

money at that point in time. It is not that the venture in <strong>China</strong> could not generate the kind of<br />

money Mr. Zheng asked for. He could have paid Mr. Zheng more than what the competitor<br />

offered. He just felt that the amount was too high and that the company could replace Mr.<br />

Zheng with some other person at a c heaper salary, or he can just do the job himself. After all,<br />

the past deals involved importing Chinese products and exporting European products to<br />

<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing so complicated about that, and most times, deals are repeated anyway.<br />

He therefore wished Mr. Zheng “Good luck” and let him go, not realising that following Mr.<br />

Zheng’s departure, there would be no more deals, not even the renewal of the repetitious deals<br />

of the past. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing sinister about this. Mr. Zheng has acted correctly in this matter,<br />

as Paul has realised during his recent trip to <strong>China</strong>. He did not take any of the past deals with<br />

him to his new company.<br />

Returning to Zurich in Switzerland, Paul’s mind continued to be occupied with his <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>Venture</strong>. True, he has already closed down his small assembly and warehousing operation in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re is also no hope of ever reviving the highly successful and profitable trading<br />

operations he had under Mr. Zheng's management. He should not be wasting his time there,<br />

neither should he be wasting his thoughts now, by thinking about something which is<br />

essentially over. But he just could not get his mind off his <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />

In a recent family reunion with his brother’s family, he learnt from his niece who studied at<br />

the University of St. Gallen (HSG) that she had been to <strong>China</strong> with her Management in Asia<br />

class. He was impressed with his niece’s knowledge of <strong>China</strong> and wished he had a discussion<br />

with her earlier. He managed to get a copy of her class report and started to read about<br />

“Business Environment and Opportunities in <strong>China</strong>: Shanghai and its Surrounding Regions" 1 .<br />

<strong>The</strong>reafter, he decided to contact the Asia Research Centre at the Research Institute for<br />

International Management at the University of St. Gallen.<br />

2


After a short discussion with the professor there, Paul was given a stack of students’ papers in<br />

the area of “Venturing in <strong>China</strong>: Business Environment and Strategic Considerations”. This,<br />

according to the professor, could provide the information he needed. He took the stack of<br />

pape rs home and started to review them and reflect on his recent past – <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong> papers provided a comprehensive overview of the business environment and strategic<br />

considerations for business venturing in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> first couple of papers surveyed the<br />

business environment in <strong>China</strong> and discussed such environmental aspects like the operating<br />

legal and financial systems.<br />

Knowing the environment in <strong>China</strong> is only the first step to strategy formulation and business<br />

venturing. Realising one’s own strengths, weaknesses and potentials is just as important.<br />

Business self-examination is therefore a critical pre -entry requirement. It also enables the<br />

business to plan for strategic fit with its potential partners in <strong>China</strong> in order to maximise its<br />

own potential and to overcome possible problems and avoid potential pitfalls in the new<br />

operating environment in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Understanding the social and cultural differences there will certainly go a long way to help<br />

with business negotiations as well as business operations and success in <strong>China</strong>. Having<br />

technology to offer will also provide the firm with additional bargaining power in negotiations<br />

and help win over strategic allies in <strong>China</strong>, which could be influential business partners as<br />

well as government officials.<br />

Making a successful business entry into <strong>China</strong> is important. Sustaining it requires further<br />

effort. <strong>The</strong>re is also the need for continual re -evaluation and re-positioning of the on-going<br />

business given the continuous and rapid changes in the laws and operating environment in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Human problems resulting from local employees as well as local business partners,<br />

such as the resignation of your Chinese General Manager, may require a thorough re-<br />

examination or even re-organisation of your business venture there, in spite of its past<br />

success.<br />

Paul ponders about these points as he reviewed these papers, relating always to his own <strong>China</strong><br />

venture...<br />

1 <strong>The</strong> book 'Business Environment and Opportunities in <strong>China</strong>: Shanghai and its Surrounding Regions'<br />

was published by German University Press, a subsidiary of Gabler Verlag in 1998.<br />

3


2. <strong>The</strong> Chinese Business Environment<br />

<strong>The</strong> economic transformation of modern <strong>China</strong> from a Soviet-style, centrally planned<br />

economy to one which is increasingly market-oriented and open to foreign business<br />

investments and operations began in 1978. <strong>The</strong> story of <strong>China</strong>’s economic reform based on<br />

the setting up and rapid growth of a market economy which is becoming increasingly<br />

important, and in parallel to an existing and dominant command economy which shrinks in<br />

tandem with the growing dominance of the market economy, provides certainly an interesting<br />

lesson in economic transformation change. Matthias Weibel wrote about the <strong>China</strong> Reform<br />

story ...<br />

2.1 <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> Reform story (by Matthias Weibel)<br />

Under the guidance of Deng Xiaoping the economic reforms started with the “Four<br />

Modernisations“ involving agriculture, industry, science and technology, and national<br />

defence. In agriculture the authorities replaced the old collectivisation with a system of<br />

household responsibility. In industry, the authority of local officials and plant managers were<br />

increased. A wide variety of small-scale enterprises in services and light manufacturing were<br />

also permitted. <strong>The</strong> economy was opened increasingly to foreign trade and investment.<br />

Knowing that the modernisation of the Chinese industry could not be realised without foreign<br />

resources, the government also decided to establish four Special Economic Zones along the<br />

Chinese south coast, offering attractive incentives for foreign firms and creating a secure<br />

economic environment. In these zones, <strong>China</strong> offered low tax rates, low bureaucratic hurdles,<br />

and permission to repatriate the profits gained, in addition to relatively cheap land and labour.<br />

At the same time, several provinces (Opened Coastal Provinces - OCPs) 2 and cities (Opened<br />

Coastal Cities - OCCs) 3 were allowed to provide similar incentives for foreign investors.<br />

Chinese firms, especially those in big cities like Shanghai, were selected for greater<br />

autonomy. Since management was no longer subject to central government control, the<br />

resident managers were now in charge of the bottom-line, and had a free hand in the choice of<br />

suppliers, production methods, marketin g, administration and accounting. Banks were also<br />

given greater autonomy in providing loans. <strong>The</strong> reforms encouraged Chinese companies to<br />

2<br />

Lioning, Hebei, Tianjin, Shandong, Jiangsu, Shanghai, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Hainan,<br />

Guangxi.<br />

3<br />

Dalian, Tianjin, Qingdao, Shanghai and Guagzhou.<br />

4


co-operate with other firms, especially foreign firms. (In Shanghai, for example, foreign Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong>s have been allowed since 1983).<br />

To improve the development of science and technology, the government provided substantial<br />

funding to facilitate technology and knowledge transfer from foreign countries to <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Thousands of students were sent abroad to study. Chinese universities were also rebuilt<br />

(having been suppressed during the Cultural Revolution) and given certain autonomy. Since<br />

then, the expenditure on research has increased enormously and international relationships<br />

multiplied.<br />

Thanks to the reforms, the Chinese economy took off in the 1980s. Agricultural output<br />

doubled during the same period and the country’s GDP had quadrupled since 1978. Industry<br />

posted major gains, especially in coastal areas near Hong Kong and opposite Taiwan, where<br />

foreign investment helped spur output of both domestic and export goods. However, such<br />

rapid economic growth has also been accompanied by unacceptable social consequences like<br />

unnecessary bureaucracy, lassitude, corruption, socially unacceptable greed among parts of<br />

the Chinese populace for windfall gains which threatened cultural values and social order, and<br />

inflation.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Tiananmen Square incident in June 1989 dampened economic growth temporarily.<br />

Nevertheless, following the announcement of far-reaching reforms during Deng Xiaoping’s<br />

trip to the Southern Special Economic Zones, foreign investments were boosted considerably.<br />

This could in part be attributable to the Bank of Japan’s more expansionary monetary policy<br />

at that time up to the middle of 1996, which also helped other Asia n nations.<br />

In 1992-96 annual growth of GDP accelerated, particularly in the coastal areas - averaging<br />

more than 10% annually according to official figures. In late 1993 <strong>China</strong>'s leadership<br />

approved additional long-term reforms aimed at giving still more scope to market-oriented<br />

institutions and at strengthening the control over the financial system. State enterprises<br />

continue to dominate many key industries in the new "socialist market economy."<br />

In spite of Deng Xiaoping’s death in February 1997, <strong>China</strong> continued on its road to economic<br />

reform. <strong>The</strong> Asia Financial Crisis also failed to dampen <strong>China</strong>’s economic performance. In<br />

fact, the Crisis has led the Chinese government to make extremely tough decisions to reform<br />

the banking institutions and to crack down on corruption. Such rapid changes in laws and<br />

institutions are never comfortable to people who are living and working in <strong>China</strong> as it affects<br />

their way of life and increase the feeling of uncertainty. Nevertheless, this should bode well<br />

for the economic future of <strong>China</strong>.<br />

5


45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Law and SEZs<br />

Begin of the<br />

Four<br />

Modernisations<br />

Rural reforms<br />

announced<br />

Approval of 14<br />

more SEZs<br />

Set up of<br />

WFOE<br />

allowed<br />

Price<br />

reforms<br />

Tienanmen<br />

Square Incident<br />

Deng’s visit<br />

to the South<br />

Stock<br />

Exchange<br />

Opening<br />

Dual exchange<br />

rate abolished<br />

Deng‘s<br />

death<br />

Asian Crisis<br />

started<br />

1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000<br />

FIGURE 2-1: Development of Foreign Direct Investments (in Billion USD) combined with<br />

key events in <strong>China</strong>, 1976 - 2000 4<br />

As Paul reads the <strong>China</strong> Reform Story, he could not help reflecting on his own <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />

”Deng Xiaoping started the reforms . His reforms lived on and prospered after him. Here was<br />

my <strong>China</strong> venture. It died when Mr. Zheng left...”. Paul felt little comfort in this thought, yet<br />

he was intrigued with the <strong>China</strong> Story ... and he read on ...<br />

Dr. Loretan, a trained and practising lawyer who has chosen to further his studies in business<br />

and economies at HSG wrote:<br />

2.2 <strong>The</strong> Legal System in <strong>China</strong> (by Dr. Michael Loretan)<br />

It has been 20 years since <strong>China</strong> opened its door to the world in 1978. <strong>China</strong> is a land of<br />

opportunities. Its potential purchasing power, especially in the long run, meets the dream of<br />

long-term investors. However, <strong>China</strong> is also a land of uncertainty for those investors who do<br />

not know much about its legal system, under which the game of investment has been, and will<br />

be played.<br />

4 Data based on IMF, 1997a, p. 296. See also Dony, 1986, p. 52.<br />

6


<strong>The</strong> Chinese operating legal system is a nascent system, emerging from the unique history,<br />

culture and social structure of <strong>China</strong>. All these factors should be taken into consideration in<br />

order to gather insightful understandings of the actual operation of the legal system. This<br />

paper provides a brief overview on Chinese legal history and the governmental structure of<br />

the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong>. It also provides a short in troduction to some general aspects<br />

of Chinese law, such as the legal structure, the judicial structure and some current problems of<br />

the operating legal system, as well as a first glance at the fields of Chinese law which are of<br />

particular interest to potential investors in one of the most promising markets of the future.<br />

2.2.1 Chinese Legal History<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal history of <strong>China</strong> is commonly divided into two parts, namely the part of traditional<br />

Chinese law spanning from the Xia Dynasty, the first dynasty in Chinese history more than<br />

4,000 years ago, to the Qing Dynasty in the early 20 th century, and the part of modern Chinese<br />

law, starting form the legal reforms during the Qing Dynasty to the present time.<br />

2.2.1.1 Traditional Chinese Law<br />

Traditional Chinese Law is, along with the common law family, civil law family, and the<br />

Islamic law family, considered as one of the four major law families. It has its foundations in<br />

the 21 st century BC and persisted until the beginning of this century. Despite the formal repeal<br />

of the Tradit ional Chinese Law in the early 1900s, it continues to exert its influence on<br />

contemporary society. In this sense, traditions may serve as explanation of peculiar practices<br />

and problems of the existing legal system.<br />

<strong>The</strong> features of the Chinese Legal Tradition which are distinct from Western traditions, and<br />

thus, to a great extent, contrary to the concepts of modern law, are the following:<br />

Traditional Chinese Law was constructed on the feudal system and protected the unequal<br />

status of persons. Equality before law has never been accepted as a legal principle. Social<br />

status has been more important than legal rules. Some practices of inequality before the law in<br />

contemporary <strong>China</strong>, such as the necessity to seek approval form a higher authority before<br />

investigatin g and prosecuting high-ranking officials, may still be attributed to this legacy.<br />

Traditional Chinese Law was founded on a totalitarian system rather than on a democratic<br />

model. <strong>The</strong> emperors reigned with absolute power and control over the entire country.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the traditional Chinese legal system, in its function as a subordinate of the power<br />

structure, never tolerated the existence of legal rules other than those of the emperor. This<br />

7


forms a sharp contrast to Western civilisations, where the secular and religious powers and the<br />

legal system co-existed and fostered a tradition of plurality and supremacy of law. <strong>The</strong><br />

difficulty in today’s <strong>China</strong> to accept the supremacy of law may be considered as a<br />

consequence of Traditional Chinese Law.<br />

Criminal law formed the backbone of the traditional legal system. As a result, all types of<br />

litigation were subject to criminal procedures and law was generally viewed as a cruel<br />

instrument of suppression. <strong>The</strong> concept of private law reflecting the spirit of market<br />

exchange s among equal persons has never appeared in the traditional legal system. This again<br />

forms a sharp contrast to Western legal tradition, which is based to a great extent on private<br />

law. <strong>The</strong> lack of private law in Traditional Chinese Law and the dominance of criminal law<br />

may to a certain extent serve as an explanation of the generally hostile attitude towards<br />

litigation in contemporary <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Traditional Chinese Law did not know the formal separation of the judicial branch.<br />

Administrative officials exercised both the power of administration and the power of<br />

adjudication. <strong>The</strong> typical format of a traditional litigation was an inquisitional process backed<br />

by physical torture to obtain a confession. <strong>The</strong>refore, the traditional concept was that justice<br />

cannot be found in law, but from the intelligence and honesty of individual officials. This may<br />

serve as an explanation of the still widespread distrust in the official judicial structure. As a<br />

consequence, justice is often searched for outside the formal procedure in today’s <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong> above features overshadow the generally accepted positive values of Traditional Chinese<br />

Law such as the mixed system of codification and precedents, the emphasis on the educational<br />

function of law, the rich experience in legal practice, and the function of law in stabilising<br />

social harmony. Still, the traditional legal system constituted an insurmountable obstacle in<br />

the historical course of transition towards modernisation. It had to be abolished in order to<br />

transit to a new era of Chinese legal development.<br />

2.2.1.2 Modern Chinese Law<br />

In order to cope with the development of the fledgling modern national economy, the Qing<br />

Dynasty promulgated reforms of the legal system in the early 20 th century. <strong>The</strong> major laws<br />

enacted at that time were all based on German, French and Japanese law. This modelled the<br />

new Chinese legal system according to civil law tradition. <strong>The</strong> following reasons caused the<br />

introduction of civil rather than common law.<br />

8


First of all, Britain’s predominant international status was dec lining at the beginning of the<br />

20 th century. Secondly, <strong>China</strong> and Japan are neighbouring countries which share the same<br />

or igin. Also Japan was the nearest modernised and westernised country to <strong>China</strong>. So it was<br />

convenient for Chinese to go to Japan to study modern Western sciences and knowledge,<br />

including law. As a result, both Chinese legislation and legal theory were substantially<br />

influenced by Japan. Since modern Japanese law was introduced from Germany, Japanese law<br />

was indirectly derived from the Roman law tradition and Chinese law followed the same path.<br />

Thirdly, it was impossible for a country like <strong>China</strong>, which had a well-established legal system<br />

with more than 4,000 years of history, to introduce common law because of the historical<br />

background and the nature of case law.<br />

In the 1930s the legal modernisation in old <strong>China</strong> came to its end. By that time, modern<br />

constitutional laws, civil laws, commercial laws, criminal laws, civil procedure laws and<br />

criminal procedure laws were introduced. This also marks the completion of the transition<br />

from the traditional Chinese law system to Roman civil law.<br />

In 1949 the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (hereafter the PRC) was founded by the Communist<br />

Party of <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Kuomintang government fled to the province of Taiwan. <strong>The</strong>re, the laws<br />

enacted on the mainland remained implemented. On the mainland however, a new legal<br />

system based on entirely different political, economic and ideological structures was<br />

established.<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal system in new <strong>China</strong> was developed by adopting that of the former Soviet Union.<br />

This new system was based on the following principles: in the economic field, public<br />

ownership and a centralised-planned economy; in the political field, people’s democratic<br />

dictatorship and the supremacy of the Party; and in the cultural and ideological field, the<br />

dominance of Marxist theory. 5<br />

In this context the idea arose that the policies of the Party and the State should be more<br />

important than legal rules, and a tendency to neglect or even violate rules and procedures for<br />

the sake of social reform appeared. As a result, law was perceived as something flexible and<br />

manipulatable. To a certain extent, this is still the dominant attitude in contemporary <strong>China</strong>.<br />

5 See the wording of the first article of the Constitution of the PRC: “<strong>The</strong> People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> is<br />

a socialist state under the people’s democratic dictatorship led by the working class and based on the<br />

alliance of workers and peasants. <strong>The</strong> socialist system is the basic system of the People’s Republic of<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Disruption of the socialist state by any organisation or individual is prohibited.”<br />

9


After its suspension during the period from 1956 to 1966, the legal system got literally<br />

destroyed with the so-called “Cultural Revolution”. <strong>The</strong> country was in a complete chaos, law<br />

was abolished and the legal apparatus, which was already inert, was completely smashed.<br />

After the “Cultural Revolution”, <strong>China</strong> began to engage in unprecedented legal<br />

reconstruction. Law was regarded as the most efficient and institutionalised means to<br />

safeguard people’s democracy, to prevent sudden social changes and to maintain the sustained<br />

economic development of the country. In the economic field, the policy of structural reform<br />

and opening up to the outside world has been introduced and implemented; the rigid planned<br />

economy has been abandoned in favour of a “Socialist Market Economy”. Corresponding to<br />

such a social scenario, the legal system has been redesigned for the purpose of implementing,<br />

institutionalising and strengthening the reform enterprise. <strong>The</strong> main achievements of the legal<br />

reconstruction include the following:<br />

<strong>The</strong> ideological change has to a great extent changed the popular view towards law. Chinese<br />

government and its population have become aware of the importance of law.<br />

Since 1979, <strong>China</strong> has embarked on a large-scale legislative endeavour with 3 new<br />

constitutions, more than 200 new laws and 80 decisions of the National People’s Congress;<br />

more than 700 administrative regulations of the State Council and its ministries, commissions<br />

and other branches; about 3,000 local regulations, and more than 10,000 local administrative<br />

rules of the local governments and their agencies.<br />

Throughout the country, a legal structure has been established, including the system of the<br />

people’s courts, the system of the people’s procuratorates and various governmental law<br />

enforcement organs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal profession has reappeared.<br />

Despite these achievements, some negative aspects of the systems could not be overridden.<br />

Severe problems due to profound contradictions and structural problems still need to be<br />

solved.<br />

2.2.2 Governmental structure<br />

<strong>The</strong> structure of the Chinese government exercises a great influence on the operating legal<br />

system. As a socialist country, <strong>China</strong>’s political structure is established on the system of<br />

pe ople’s congresses which are responsible for creating and supervising the administrative and<br />

judicial organs at all levels. Since the PRC adopts the unitary system and the principle of<br />

10


democratic centralism, all governmental organs function under the unified leadership of the<br />

central authorities, in line with the delegated powers. <strong>The</strong> following five levels can be<br />

distinguished in the governmental structure of the PRC:<br />

• the central level;<br />

• the provincial level;<br />

• the prefectural level;<br />

• the county and city level;<br />

• the township and village level.<br />

<strong>The</strong> people’s congresses enjoy exclusive state power at each of the above mentioned five<br />

le vels. Directly below the respective congresses, there exist three branches: the governmental<br />

branch, the judicial branch and the procuratorial branch. <strong>The</strong> same pattern of structure can in<br />

principle be observed at each level of the governmental structure.<br />

However, it cannot be overlooked that beside the formal structure of the state organs, the<br />

Communist Party, as the leading and only political party possessing state power, has the<br />

decisive role in making, applying and reforming legal rules. <strong>The</strong>refore, the comprehension<br />

and interpretation of law needs to follow the Party’s policy and instructions.<br />

2.2.3 Legal structure<br />

As stated above, the legal structure closely relates to the governmental structure of the PRC.<br />

<strong>The</strong> National People’s Congress (hereafter the NPC) as the highest state organ has the unitary<br />

legislative power over the entire nation, and it delegates certain legislative powers to people’s<br />

congresses at lower levels and the central and local governments.<br />

On the top of the legal structure is the Constitution, the supreme law in <strong>China</strong>. 6 <strong>The</strong><br />

Constitution in force was enacted in 1982 and was revised respectively in 1988 and 1993,<br />

resulting in 11 amendments. Although the Constitution is the supreme law in <strong>China</strong>, it cannot<br />

be quoted in judicial verdicts and administrative decisions as direct legal ground for solving<br />

concrete disputes and problems. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is out of reach for the daily legal practice and<br />

operation. <strong>The</strong> second level of law are the legal documents promulgated by the NPC,<br />

6 An English translation of the Constitution of the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> may be found under:<br />

http://www.qis.net/chinalaw /prccon5.htm.<br />

11


including laws, decisions and ratified international treaties. 7 <strong>The</strong> third level are the documents<br />

enacted by the Standing Committee of the NPC. As a consequence of the NPC’s meetings<br />

held only once a year, the Standing Committee in practice represents the most important<br />

organ for the creation of new laws. <strong>The</strong> forth level comprises the legal documents made by<br />

the State Council (administrative regulations) and the documents issued by its ministries,<br />

commissions and departments (administrative rules).<br />

<strong>The</strong> above four levels of the legal structure are in a way easy to understand and easy to track.<br />

When it comes to the legal documents of the lower levels of <strong>China</strong>’s governmental structure,<br />

there exists a practically insurmountable flood of rules and regulations.<br />

A very special part in the Chinese legal struc ture play the documents in relation with the “One<br />

country-Two Systems” policy of the PRC. This set of laws deals with the reunification of<br />

mainland <strong>China</strong> with Hong Kong and Macau. Thus when realising this reunification, the PRC<br />

may, according to Article 31 of the Constitution, establish special administrative regions to<br />

retain the capitalist systems in these regions. Additionally, the legal system of these special<br />

administrative regions may be safeguarded. <strong>The</strong>refore, the NPC on April 04, 1990 adopted the<br />

Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and decided to establish this<br />

special administrative region on July 01, 1997 when <strong>China</strong> resumed its sovereignty over Hong<br />

Kong. And on March 31, 1993 it adopted the Basic Law of the Macau Special Administrative<br />

Region and decided to establish this special administrative region on December 20, 1999<br />

when <strong>China</strong> will resume its sovereignty over Macau. 8 As regards the separation of powers<br />

between the central authorities and the special administrative regions, the powers and<br />

functions enjoyed by the central authorities are strictly limited to those required for the<br />

protection of the national sovereignty and reunification of the motherland.<br />

2.2.4 Judicial Structure<br />

As already explained above, the judicial structure in <strong>China</strong> not only refers to courts, but also<br />

to procuratorates. <strong>The</strong> presidents of courts and procurator -generals are appointed by the<br />

pe ople’s congresses on the same levels, whereas the judges and procurators are appointed by<br />

the standing committees of the respective people’s congresses.<br />

7 A list of multinational treaties applicable to <strong>China</strong> may be found under:<br />

http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/treat1.htm.<br />

8 Legal documents relating to the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau may be<br />

found under: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/lawtran1.htm.<br />

12


<strong>The</strong> courts are the state organs exercising exclusive state adjudicatory power. Higher level<br />

courts supervise the work of the lower courts, and the courts at various levels are responsible<br />

to the respective people’s congresse s that created them. <strong>The</strong> courts have four levels, namely<br />

the Supreme People’s Court at the national level, high courts at provincial level, intermediate<br />

courts at prefectural level and basic courts at county and city level, respectively. <strong>The</strong><br />

procuratorates are the organs for legal supervision. Within the structure of the procuratorates,<br />

higher level proc uratorates direct the work of those at lower levels. <strong>The</strong> procuratorial organs<br />

at various levels are responsible to both the corresponding people’s congresses which created<br />

them and pe ople’s procuratorates at higher levels.<br />

<strong>The</strong> trial process is greatly influenced by the civil law jurisdiction in which the judge is the<br />

dominant party conducting a trail. In principle, each case has at the most two trails, which<br />

means that the right to appeal is limited. However, the parties may challenge a final decision<br />

through a trial supervision procedure.<br />

According to law, courts are to exercise their power independently and free from interference<br />

from any organisations or individuals. However, there exist in practice all sorts of interfe rence<br />

from inside and outside sources. Whereas interference from inside sources are known to<br />

Western systems as well, interference from outside sources do create a certain unease among<br />

Westerners. Protectionism between judges and the respective appointing bodies is still quite<br />

frequent in contemporary <strong>China</strong>. Very often judgements are entered under pressure from local<br />

governments and other organisations to bend justice for local interests or economy. Also in<br />

some places, taking gifts from parties to a litigation is not an uncommon practice. 9<br />

<strong>The</strong> above problems as regards the judicial independence are a lesser issue for foreigners than<br />

for <strong>China</strong> itself. <strong>The</strong> so-called Two-track System is a feature in Chinese law that treats foreign<br />

business concerns differently from domestic ones. In different aspects, such as taxation,<br />

foreign exchange, but especially in dispute settlement, foreign firms, as an incentive to<br />

investment in <strong>China</strong>, are accorded different, and in general more favourable, treatment than<br />

domestic firms. 10 According to this Two-track System, the principal institution for the<br />

resolution of disputes involving foreign firms is the <strong>China</strong> International Economic and Trade<br />

Arbitration Commission. It serves in all arbitration cases in which a foreign person, legal or<br />

9 This problem has been addressed by a new law lately, the actual results however are yet to be seen.<br />

10 From <strong>China</strong>’s point of view, this system appears to be a necessary stop-gap measure in the<br />

evolution of its economic and social reform. It was obvious that the general reform of the Chinese legal<br />

system would take time. But the special need for foreign investment law could not wait. <strong>The</strong>refore,<br />

<strong>China</strong> had to start with the latter first, while at the same time beginning to build a body of domestic law.<br />

13


natural, is involved, or even where no foreign person is involved if the case has to do with<br />

international economic activities. <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> International Economic and Trade Arbitration<br />

Com mission is prominent in <strong>China</strong>’s legal system because of its recognised independence<br />

from political control, its adherence to transparent and internationally endorsed arbitration<br />

procedures, and its reputation for fairness. 11<br />

2.2.5 Current problems of the operating legal system<br />

Despite the fact that the Chinese government has made tremendous efforts to built up a legal<br />

system meeting international standards, many problems still need to be solved.<br />

In contemporary <strong>China</strong> a big gap exists between the law on paper and the law in practice.<br />

Notwithstanding the large number of laws and regulations enacted since 1979, the<br />

implementation of law remains a major challenge to the nascent legal system. Official <strong>China</strong><br />

starts to realise that the implementation of law shall be the major task for the next stage of the<br />

legal development in the PRC. In addition to this, the concepts of supremacy of law and the<br />

rule of law are still not entirely accepted by governmental officials. <strong>The</strong> crucial issue here is<br />

whether the government and the CPC are subject to law, or whether law is merely an<br />

instrument in governing the country.<br />

Another big issue in discussion is the transparency and accessibility of laws and regulations in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Lawyers working with foreign clients often point out that it is difficult to get access to<br />

the content of laws and regulations that apply to business operations. <strong>The</strong> dissemination of<br />

legal information in <strong>China</strong> is so underdeveloped, so unsystematic that it is often difficult<br />

simply to find the applicable law. Even when the relevant rule can be found, provisions are<br />

often so broad and sketchy that it is difficult to be certain of a correct interpretation. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />

also no systematic compilation of court decisions that would aid in the interpretation of<br />

statutes and regulations. In addition to that, there is the vexing problem of the internal agency<br />

rules. <strong>The</strong>se rules are not published and therefore inaccessible to outsiders. This is even more<br />

irritating because the internal rules are frequently the real rules under which the respective<br />

state organs operate.<br />

Law enforcement not only requires the formal establishment of courts and procuratorates. <strong>The</strong><br />

four levels of courts explained above, the Supreme People’s Court, twenty-nine high courts,<br />

11 In contrast, Chinese domestic arbitration cases are handled by the Industrial and Commercial<br />

Arbitration Commission, under the Bureau of Industry and Commerce, which is itself under the<br />

14


more than three hundred intermedia te courts and more than three thousand basic courts, are in<br />

desperate search for qualified staff. Even now, after years of growth, law school graduates can<br />

fill only a fraction of the court system’s needs.<br />

2.2.6 Foreign Investment Law<br />

<strong>The</strong> legal framework for foreign investments in <strong>China</strong> is founded on three laws, which are the<br />

Chinese-Foreign Joint Equity <strong>Venture</strong>s Law, 12 the Chinese -Foreign Joint Co-operative<br />

<strong>Venture</strong>s Law 13 and the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises Law. 14 Since the enactment of the<br />

Company Law in 1994, an investor appears to have the option to establish a limited liability<br />

company either under the three laws on foreign-invested enterprises or under the Company<br />

Law. 15<br />

In addition to these national laws, regulations and rules on a national level as well as on lower<br />

levels should not be ignored. Furthermore, the policy on foreign investment is an important<br />

part of the legal framework for foreign investment in <strong>China</strong>. An investor should pay careful<br />

attention to the governing policy which may affect a particular investment project from time<br />

to time.<br />

It is important to note that foreign investment projects in <strong>China</strong> need to be approved by the<br />

respective state organs before they can be realised. <strong>The</strong>re used to be considerably different<br />

standards for approving such projects in different areas or regions. Since 1995, when the State<br />

Planning Commission, the State Economic and Trade Commission and the Ministry of<br />

Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation issued the Provisional Guidelines for Foreign<br />

Investment, the situation improved. According to these Guidelines, investment projects are<br />

divided into four categories: foreign investment projects are encouraged, permitted, restricted<br />

or prohibited, as the case may be. <strong>The</strong> encouraged, restricted and prohibited areas are<br />

specified in a list attached to the Guidelines. <strong>The</strong> projects falling outside the specified<br />

categories are pe rmitted. Projects of this latter category are allowed with neither preferential<br />

treatment nor restriction, compared with domestic projects.<br />

supervision of the Ge neral Administration of Industry and Commerce. <strong>The</strong> transparency and fairness<br />

in domestic arbitration cases is still far behind the respective standards on the international level.<br />

12 For the setting up of an equity joint venture see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setejv1.htm.<br />

13 For the setting up of a co-operative joint venture see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setcjv1.htm.<br />

14 For the setting up of wholly foreign owned enterprise see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setfoe1.htm.<br />

15 See below the short overview of the Company Law.<br />

15


2.2.7 Contract law<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese contract law system is divided into civil contracts and economic contracts; the<br />

former being split up into standard civil contracts and contracts relating to technology in the<br />

widest sense of the word (technology contracts), the latter being split up into domestic<br />

economic contracts and foreign economic contracts. 16 <strong>The</strong> following overview is limited to<br />

some comments with respect to the Foreign Economic Contract Law (hereafter the FECL),<br />

the most applicable source of law for foreign enterprises entering the Chinese Market.<br />

<strong>The</strong> FECL was promulgated on March 21, 1985 and became effective on July 1 of the same<br />

year. 17 <strong>The</strong> FECL covers all foreign commercial activities in <strong>China</strong> ranging from finance and<br />

trade to service and investment. It applies to all economic contracts between Chinese and<br />

foreigners, including the sale of goods, equity joint venture contracts, co-operative joint<br />

venture contracts, contracts for co-operative exploration, loan contracts, lease of property<br />

contracts, contracts for technology transfer, processing and labour contracts etc.<br />

According to the FECL, foreign economic contracts are contracts between enterprises,<br />

economic organisations or individuals of Hong Kong, Macau or a foreign country and<br />

Chinese enterprises. <strong>The</strong> FECL also applies where both parties to a foreign economic contract<br />

are foreign and the contract is either made or performed in <strong>China</strong>. 18<br />

<strong>The</strong> FECL does not apply to contracts between Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, co-<br />

operative joint ventures, or wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Chinese enterprises or<br />

individuals. In such cases the domestic economic contract law applies due to the fact that<br />

Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, co-operative joint ventures, or wholly foreign-owned<br />

enterprises are established as Chinese legal persons.<br />

According to Article 6 FECL, where Chinese laws are in conflict with international treaties, to<br />

which <strong>China</strong> is a signatory, the international treaty shall apply, except for provisions on which<br />

<strong>China</strong> has declared reservation. 19<br />

16 A big step forward in the legislative history of Chinese contract law is currently under preparation<br />

with the creation of a uniform contract law applying to all types on contracts and specific principles for<br />

individual contracts.<br />

17 On December 11, 1986, <strong>China</strong> ratified the 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the<br />

International Sale of Goods becoming effective on January 01, 1988.<br />

18 <strong>The</strong> FECL defines parties form Hong Kong or Macau as being foreign.<br />

19 <strong>China</strong> has declared reservation to Article 11 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the<br />

International Sale of Goods which states that contracts need not to be in writing. <strong>The</strong>refore and<br />

according to the FECL, all foreign economic contract need to be in writing.<br />

16


2.2.8 Company Law<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s first nation-wide Company law was promulgated on December 29, 1993 and became<br />

effective on July 1, 1994. Until that date, the only legal way in which a foreign registered<br />

company could establish its presence in <strong>China</strong> was the establishment of a representative<br />

office. A representative office is not allowed to carry on business, except for the activities<br />

involving liaison functions, exhibition, market research and exchange of information. <strong>The</strong><br />

representative office may have access to basic facilities and privileges, such as the right of<br />

residence, banking services and the right to import means of transport, which are essential for<br />

its daily operations. <strong>The</strong>re exist detailed rules as regards the procedure and requirements for<br />

the registration, renewal, change and termination of representative offices in <strong>China</strong>. 20<br />

<strong>The</strong> Company Law now foresees the possibility for a foreign company to carry on business in<br />

<strong>China</strong> without the foundation of a Chinese legal person. Article 199 provides that a foreign<br />

company may establish branches in <strong>China</strong> to undertake production and operational activities.<br />

This enables foreign companies to undertake business activities in <strong>China</strong> in their own name<br />

without the cost and delay of establishing a joint venture or a wholly foreign ow ned<br />

enterprise. Even though a foreign branch office is not a Chinese legal person, it is nevertheless<br />

subject to Chinese law and has to comply with all relevant rules and regulations. 21<br />

As stated above, a foreign investor appears to have the option to set up a limited liability<br />

company under either the Company Law or the laws on foreign-invested enterprises. One of<br />

the reasons affecting the respective decision is that a company under the laws on foreign-<br />

invested enterprises receives certain benefits and privileges which are theoretically<br />

unavailable to a company established under the Company Law. According to a widely spread<br />

interpretation of Article 18 of the Company Law however, a foreign-invested company<br />

established under the Company Law should be eligible to the benefits and privileges to it as if<br />

it had been formed under the relevant law on foreign investment.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Company Law provides for two kinds of companies: a limited liability company and a<br />

company limited by shares. <strong>The</strong> liability of both types of companies is limited, which means<br />

each shareholder in such a company assumes liability toward the company to the extent of the<br />

amount of shares held by him, but the company shall be liable for its debts to the extent of all<br />

20 For the setting up of a representative office see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setrep1.htm.<br />

21 For the setting up of a branch office see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setbrof1.htm.<br />

17


its assets. <strong>The</strong> regulations with respect to the formation, the governance structure and<br />

dissolution of companies follows civil law tradition.<br />

2.2.9 Conclusion<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese legal system has been developing rapidly since the start of its reform. As<br />

discussed in this paper it cannot be denied that the system is still full of contradictions and<br />

problems. However, it is also true to say that <strong>China</strong> has achieved a lot in many respects over a<br />

relatively short period of time. <strong>The</strong> most important factor is that the Chinese legal system has<br />

embarked on the right path according to international sta ndards.<br />

In general, the legal system in <strong>China</strong> is still in a state of flux. <strong>The</strong>refore, Readers are<br />

encouraged to frequently check new laws and regulations and their amendments to ensure the<br />

accuracy of the legal posit ion on a particular issue of Chinese law. <strong>The</strong> following websites are<br />

highly recommendable for this purpose: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw and<br />

http://www.chinatoday.com/law .<br />

Reading Dr. Loretan’s exposition on the Chinese legal system helped Paul to appreciate the<br />

legal difficulties he felt in <strong>China</strong> while trying to take over the running of the <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese legal system has to be understood within the context of Chinese history, culture<br />

and society. <strong>The</strong> process of thinking through the business has been extremely difficult for<br />

Paul. <strong>The</strong>re are so many things not spelled out in legal terms even though the responsibilities<br />

and obligations of all parties involved are clear. For example: What if a party did not carry out<br />

its obligations? <strong>The</strong>re seems to be no legal redress. This is troubling, even frightening. Yet to<br />

Mr. Zheng, this was never a problem. “We can trust them”, he would always say.<br />

Paul realised that the Chinese legal system is based on a culture and history quite different<br />

from that of his home country. Indeed, the new western based laws which have been<br />

introduced are probably not part of existing social order which defines a set of mutually<br />

acceptable rights and obligations for all parties. This mutuality is often assumed. Some of<br />

them may be spelled out to ensure clarity for all but certainly not for the purpose of legal<br />

enforcement. In other words, the working out of agreements is the result of social cohesion<br />

and mutual understanding among parties involved, and not the result of legal enforcement.<br />

18


Things seem have to become a lot clearer and explicable. <strong>The</strong>re is clearly much more to learn<br />

and understand about <strong>China</strong> and the <strong>China</strong> venture...<br />

<strong>The</strong> next paper focus on Business Financing in <strong>China</strong>. Cinderella Freiin von Dungern, now a<br />

doctoral candidate working on <strong>China</strong>, wrote:<br />

2.3 Business Finance in <strong>China</strong> (by Cinderella Freiin von Dungern)<br />

For investing in the Asian countries, the range of financing services is of significant<br />

importance. Due to the enormous economic growth and increasing welfare in this region, the<br />

efficient allocation of capital becomes an essential issue for further economic development.<br />

<strong>The</strong> importance of the financial sector in facilitating the transfer of resources from savers to<br />

investors is widely acknowledged. Efficient financial systems facilitate better mobilisation<br />

and use of resources, which accelerates the process of economic growth. 22<br />

<strong>The</strong> emergence of new markets in Asia, South America and Eastern Europe as well as the<br />

development of new free trade zones and economic areas have enlarged the arena not only for<br />

investments and products but also for client acquisition. Furthermore, the deregulation and<br />

liberalisation of financial markets have speedily led to the rapid internationalisation of<br />

business. On the supply side the disintermediation of financial and capital markets has created<br />

numerous new products, and strategies to capture and serve new clients are emerging. At the<br />

same time, the demand side is undergoing structural changes, primarily induced by clients<br />

becoming more sophisticated. 23<br />

<strong>The</strong> People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (hereafter „<strong>China</strong>“), with the highest population in the world,<br />

has the potential to become the biggest economy in the next century. Investing in <strong>China</strong> does<br />

not only depend on the stability of the legal system and on the openness of the market, but<br />

also on the financial stability and transparency. <strong>The</strong> financial crisis in Asia put the focus on<br />

the importance of further financial reforms. But due to the reticularly structured Asian<br />

economies, the potential spill-over-effects seriously interfere with efficient reforms. <strong>The</strong> big<br />

discrepancies between theory and reality became quite obvious.<br />

In spite of the financial crisis in Asia, foreign direct investment (FDI) continues to pour into<br />

<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> proportion of investments made by US and Europe-based multinationals is<br />

increasing, while the nature of the investment deals being struck is beginning to mature. <strong>The</strong><br />

22 Zahid, 1995 b.<br />

23 Ehlern, 1997, p. 3.<br />

19


ways in which deals are being packaged are becoming increasingly sophisticated. <strong>The</strong> FDI<br />

deals have become adept at building an appropriate edifice that best suits the goals of the<br />

inbound foreign investor. <strong>The</strong> increasing sophistication of the Merger and Acquisition (M&A)<br />

process therefore is mirroring an increasingly sophisticated investment environment. 24<br />

Joint ventures in <strong>China</strong> are challenging at the best of times. With the turmoil in Asian equity<br />

and currency markets the challenges will intensify. Besides selecting a local partner and<br />

agreeing to the basic focus of a joint venture, the greatest challenge is to create a financial<br />

structure that is both possible and will minimise risk. Many new investors in <strong>China</strong><br />

underestimate the financial needs of a new joint venture. Frequently they do not take into<br />

account the long payment delays required to collect accounts receivable or the slowness in the<br />

bank payment system. Often their customers may themselves need long-term financing.<br />

This paper explains the main issues concerning business finance in <strong>China</strong>. This means first of<br />

all, the analysis of general financial conditions for foreign direct investments in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the next part looks at the financial sector development and its main institutions. It<br />

also examines legal restrictions for banking in general and instruments of financial control in<br />

particular. <strong>The</strong> third part describes the single financial markets, which include the capital and<br />

money markets in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> fourth part provides the reader with potential instruments and<br />

means of financial management. From a theoretical point-of -view, these instruments do not<br />

differ from the ones, used in the Western hemisphere. But, as many things are special in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, this part points out the most important characteristics. <strong>The</strong> last part sums up the main<br />

results and finally, draws a conclusion.<br />

2.3.1 Financial framework for foreign direct investments<br />

<strong>The</strong> role and function of the financial sector in fostering growth has been a matter of debate<br />

and concern for many years. While most analysts and policymakers will agree that a well<br />

func tioning and efficient financial system can help promote economic development, there<br />

continue to be disagreements about the ownership pattern and institutional structure of the<br />

financial sector in most economies. In order to get a fundamental knowledge of financing<br />

facilities, this part explains the basic features of <strong>China</strong>’s financial system.<br />

24 <strong>China</strong> Business Review, August 13, 1998.<br />

20


2.3.1.1 Financial sector development in <strong>China</strong><br />

In 1949, all banks were expropriated and merged into a monobank system. <strong>The</strong> monobank,<br />

named <strong>The</strong> People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC), had an administrative function within the<br />

centrally planned economy, funnelling budgetary funds to the agricultural and industrial<br />

sectors and acting as a book-keeper. It served the function of retail bank, wholesale bank and<br />

central bank concurrently. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has undergone a number of fundamental changes in the<br />

reform years, leading to a total restructuring of <strong>China</strong>’s banking landscape.<br />

Before 1978, the financial system was largely irrelevant to the country’s macroeconomic<br />

performance. <strong>The</strong> overall paradigm of financial sector reform changed from a moderate to a<br />

more radical stance during four phases of reform beginning in the late 1970s. In the first<br />

phase, from 1979 to 1983, the scope of financial reform was limited to changes in the<br />

structure and operation of the state banking system. At the macro-level, financial institutions<br />

had to be adapted to fulfil the role of the financial intermediaries. On the one hand, the<br />

decentralisation of financial resources into the hands of households led to an explosion in<br />

their saving deposits. On the other hand, bank credit replaced the state budget as the main<br />

source of investment finance. At the micro-level, banks had to start including profitability<br />

among the objectives of their operations. <strong>The</strong>y began to learn to be more selective in granting<br />

loans to enterprises, and to monitor the performance of the latter in order to contribute to<br />

some timid hardening of their budget constraint. In addition, some non-bank financial<br />

institutions (NBFIs) started to develop. 25<br />

<strong>The</strong> second phase, from 1984 through 1988, was the real start of financial-sector reform. <strong>The</strong><br />

rationing of capital in line with the physical plan was abandoned, specialised banks emerged<br />

from the former unified state bank to become the pillars of the new financial system, and new<br />

NBFIs were created. <strong>The</strong> People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC) started to lose some of its powers,<br />

becoming solely the central bank in charge of enforcing a direct monetary policy within a<br />

system of directed capital.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third phase, from 1988 through 1992, was characterised by the experimental nature of<br />

financial-sector reforms. Within the context of a slowdown in reform, caused by the<br />

authorities’ exclusive focus on controlling inflationary pressures, most reforms were limited<br />

in scope, continuously reviewed and sometimes reversed. <strong>The</strong> authorities faced the dilemma<br />

25 Girardin, 1997, pp. 21.<br />

21


of re-establishing macroeconomic stability under the pressure of increasing demand for<br />

capital. This period also included allowing new financial intermediaries to emerge.<br />

<strong>The</strong> period starting in 1993 contrasts with the previous one since an attempt at<br />

macroeconomic stabilisation was this time accompanied by an acceleration in the pace of<br />

financial-sector reform. <strong>The</strong> reforms include the adoption of a new law for the central bank<br />

and for commercial banks stemming from the former specialised banks, and the transfer of<br />

policy lending from the specialised banks to new policy banks.<br />

As a result of the different phases of reform, the system is now characterised by the co-<br />

existence of two components. <strong>The</strong> main one, made up of specialised banks, is still under the<br />

control of the government. <strong>The</strong> second component is made up of financial intermediaries,<br />

which either are subject to little control by the authorities or manage to side step existing<br />

regulations. 26<br />

In general, the influence of <strong>China</strong>’s political system on the financial system is very high, like<br />

in any other mostly state-controlled business sector. <strong>The</strong> dominance of the state prevents the<br />

capital market from its important functions to mobilise and realise capital as well as allocating<br />

financial resources from investors to productive and efficient investments. <strong>The</strong> essential<br />

transparency of the capital market gets lost if the influence of the state is too high. On the<br />

other side, it is hardly possible to keep up a high level of stability without the interventions of<br />

the state, as it could be seen at the actual Asian crisis. <strong>China</strong> needs further reforms of its<br />

financial system, but as everywhere in the economy right now, the government has to face the<br />

dilemma between the necessarily deregulation and liberalisation on the one hand, and<br />

increasing instability and lack of control on the other hand. 27<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese government has the ambition to promote Shanghai to become one of the top<br />

international financial centres competing with New York, Tokyo, London and Hong Kong<br />

etc. in the future. Pudong New Area is becoming the most intensive financial centre of<br />

Shanghai with banks and financial institutions, where also international banks can get the<br />

licence for RMB-business, and where the new building of Shanghai Securities Exchange<br />

(SSE) is situated. <strong>The</strong> financial reform extended the only investment possibility, the FDIs, to<br />

several forms of indirect investment opportunities, like credits and loans, stocks and<br />

26 Girardin, 1997, pp. 22.<br />

27 Further research-work and more into detail information about the financial system in <strong>China</strong> can be<br />

gained from Schröder, 1994; Schüller, 1995; Reif, 1995; Liu, 1996; Tam, 1995; Zahid, 1995a and Cao,<br />

1995.<br />

22


securities, trading, initial public offerings as well as usual emissions even on international<br />

capital markets etc. <strong>The</strong> other securities exchange is located in Shenzhen. But there is still a<br />

long way to go. For example, the full convertibility of RMB, which is a fundamental<br />

requirement for an efficient financial system, has been under discussion for a very long time.<br />

Another barrier to become an international financial centre is the very strong regulated<br />

financial market as can be seen in the following.<br />

In March 1998, the new premier Zhu Rongji, outlined an ambitious reform programme and<br />

promised five years of rapid change. <strong>The</strong> financial sector reform is one of the three main<br />

objectives which should be achieved by the end of the century. <strong>The</strong> financial system must be<br />

overhauled, improving the supervisory and regulatory functions of the PBOC and making<br />

state banks operate as independent, commercial entities. <strong>The</strong> investment system has to be<br />

changed from a system mainly controlled administratively to one run on market principles.<br />

<strong>The</strong> full convertibility of the Yuan depends on when the ability of the central bank to<br />

supervise and regulate the economy met international standards. 28<br />

2.3.1.2 Financial institutions<br />

<strong>The</strong> financial institutions can be roughly divided into a bank and a non-bank sector. Figure 2<br />

gives an overview of the broad structure of the financial system in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> next figure<br />

shows a more precise structure of the banking system itself.<br />

Since 1983, the People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC) has been declared by the State Council as<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s central bank. It has established branches at provincial level, secondary branches at<br />

prefecture level and in medium-sized cities and sub-branches at county level. <strong>The</strong> decision-<br />

making body of the PBOC is its board of directors 29 . In 1993, it was transferred into a kind of<br />

Chinese Federal Reserve. At the National People’s Congress in March 1995, a very bold<br />

attempt was made to separate the PBOC from the executive arm of the government, thus<br />

removing it from the political influence of the Communist Party through the issuance of the<br />

central bank law.<br />

One of the special character of the Chinese banking system is the distinguishment between<br />

policy banks and commercial banks. Apart from the central bank, responsible for monetary<br />

policy and supervision of the financial system, the banking system in the mid-1990s is<br />

28 See South <strong>China</strong> Morning Post, March 3,1998.<br />

29 Hannan, 1995, p. 50.<br />

23


composed of, on the one hand, huge state commercial banks and on the other hand, new<br />

policy banks. <strong>The</strong> commercial banks split up in a group of specialised banks for separate<br />

sectors of the economy and a group of smaller commercial banks with either regional or<br />

nation-wide coverage, most of them established in the late 1980s. At the edge is a strong and<br />

growing competitive fringe of NBFIs that has emerged as a force in recent years. <strong>The</strong>re is also<br />

an expanding presence of foreign financial institutions in form of representative and branch<br />

offices.<br />

Policy<br />

Banks<br />

Foreign<br />

Banks<br />

State Council<br />

Central Bank<br />

Banks Non-bank Financial<br />

Financial<br />

Institutions<br />

Market<br />

Commercial<br />

Banks<br />

• state<br />

banks<br />

- state-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

• private<br />

banks<br />

Credit<br />

Cooperatives<br />

• rural<br />

•urban<br />

Trust and Investment<br />

Corporations<br />

Finance<br />

Companies<br />

Leasing<br />

Companies<br />

Insurance<br />

Companies<br />

FIGURE 2-2: Structure of <strong>China</strong>'s Financial Sector 30<br />

Interbankmark<br />

et<br />

Forexmarke<br />

t<br />

Stock<br />

Exchange<br />

OTC Market<br />

Securities<br />

Houses<br />

• investment<br />

•<br />

Rating<br />

agencies<br />

Completing the financial system are two securities exchanges, 17 regional securities trading<br />

centres, two electronic securities networks (STAQS and NETS) and a large number of diverse<br />

ancillary capital market institutions including brokers, dealers and underwriters. Current<br />

financial markets in <strong>China</strong> include: Stock markets, bond markets, foreign exchange market,<br />

interbank money market and a short -term debt securities market. In Chinese terminology, the<br />

division between capital and money market is less distinct (For a detailed description of the<br />

single markets within the financial system in <strong>China</strong> also see above). <strong>The</strong>se markets are all<br />

30 Source: Own figure on the basis of Girardin, 1997, p. 23, Schüller, 1995, p. 927 and Horstschäfer<br />

1997, p. 1108.<br />

24


underdeveloped compared with markets in Asia and the West, but have gradually begun to<br />

play an important role, at least in the allocation of funds between banks and non-bank<br />

financial institutions.<br />

Domestic banks<br />

<strong>The</strong> financial turmoil made clear that the modernisation of the antiquated banking system<br />

needed to become a national priority. <strong>The</strong> banks in the mainland face huge non-performing<br />

loans, flimsy capitalisation and declining profits. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has initiated reform measures<br />

since the beginning of the decade that have strengthened its own supervisory capabilities,<br />

while reducing the use of policy lending and introducing domestic institutions to international<br />

standards they will need to reach once the financial system is fully opened to multinational<br />

financial players. <strong>The</strong> PBOC, too, is being overhauled. <strong>The</strong> central bank is developing a<br />

structure that resembles the United States Federal Reserve.<br />

A range of new banks outside the „Big Four“ have made noticeable inroads into the<br />

mainland’s banking system in recent years. <strong>The</strong> impact of these new players is difficult to<br />

measure as statistics do not segregate categories of players adequately.<br />

Central Bank<br />

(PBOC)<br />

Policy Banks State Commercial Private Commercial Foreign Banks<br />

Banks<br />

Banks<br />

State Development<br />

Bank (SDB)<br />

Ex- & Importbank<br />

of <strong>China</strong> (EIB)<br />

Agricultural<br />

Development Bank<br />

of <strong>China</strong> (ADB)<br />

Specialised<br />

Banks<br />

BOC<br />

ABC<br />

CCB<br />

ICBC<br />

Universal<br />

Banks<br />

(nationwide)<br />

BOCOM<br />

CITICIB<br />

EBC, CIB<br />

CMB, HXB<br />

Regional<br />

Banks<br />

GDB<br />

ShDB<br />

PDB<br />

HDB<br />

FIB etc.<br />

FIGURE 2-3: Structure of <strong>China</strong>'s banking sector 31<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

Minsheng<br />

Bank<br />

100% WFOE<br />

Branch<br />

Repr.-Office<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

31 Source: Own figure on the basis of Girardin, 1997, p. 23, Schüller, 1995, p. 927 and Horstschäfer,<br />

1997, p. 1108.<br />

25


However, the characteristics of the mainland’s banking system have changed rapidly in only<br />

five years. Nevertheless, it is essential not to leave out a basic overview of the structure of the<br />

banking system in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>refore Figure 2-3 shows the system as it is structured until now.<br />

At the beginning of the economic reform in the early eighties four specialised banks have<br />

been established: Industrial and Commercial Bank of <strong>China</strong> (ICBC), Bank of <strong>China</strong> (BOC),<br />

<strong>China</strong> Construction Bank (CCB, before March 26, 1996, it was called „People’s Construction<br />

Bank of <strong>China</strong>“) and Agricultural Bank of <strong>China</strong> (ABC). <strong>The</strong>ir major task is to grant policy<br />

loans to the state -owned enterprises (SOEs) of a specific economic sector. <strong>The</strong> areas of the<br />

four specialised banks provides an overview of their areas of specialty.<br />

Establishment Head office Specialised areas<br />

ICBC 1984 Beijing Handling industrial and commercial credits,<br />

loans and savings deposits<br />

BOC Originally in 1912 Shanghai since Handling foreign exchange and foreign<br />

1994<br />

trade<br />

CCB 1980s Beijing Lending long term financing for construction<br />

projects across the industries<br />

ABC 1980s Beijing Handling rural financial business<br />

TABLE 2-1: <strong>The</strong> areas of the four specialised banks 32<br />

In order to ease the financing pressure on the commercial banks and allow increased<br />

transparency and accountability in lending for large state-sponsored projects, three policy<br />

banks have been established in the middle of 1990s: <strong>The</strong> State Development Bank, the<br />

Agricultural Development Bank and the Ex- and Import Bank of <strong>China</strong> 33 . <strong>The</strong>y particularly<br />

provide long-term financing of important state projects. Nine banks, led by the Bank of<br />

Communications (Bocom), formed commercial banks, as the separation of the central and<br />

commercial banking functions began in 1987. <strong>The</strong> Bocom, which was founded in 1908, has<br />

its headquarter in Shanghai. Its branch in Hong Kong is one of the ten biggest banks there. It’s<br />

also the first bank in <strong>China</strong> in form of corporation with 50% state share of its registered<br />

capital. <strong>The</strong> other important commercial banks set up during this period include CITIC<br />

Industrial Bank, <strong>China</strong> Everbright Bank, <strong>China</strong> Investment Bank and <strong>China</strong> Merchants Bank<br />

as well as some regional development banks like Pudong Development Bank in Shanghai.<br />

Nearly all large Chinese banks are located in Shanghai. Private commercial banks are not<br />

typical for <strong>China</strong> until now, but the increasing emergence of such banks is quite obvious for<br />

the next future. <strong>China</strong> Minsheng Banking Corp. was <strong>China</strong>’s first privately owned bank,<br />

32 Source: Hannan, 1995, p. 51-52.<br />

33 Islam/Chowdhury, 1997, p. 279.<br />

26


established in January 1996 by 59 private companies. Minsheng is carving out a niche in<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s growing private sector, a customer base long neglected by the larger state owned<br />

banks. It may be <strong>China</strong>’s smallest national commercial bank, a minnow compared to the state-<br />

owned giants of <strong>China</strong>’s banking industry, but its aspirations are big. 34<br />

<strong>The</strong> most important domestic competitors are the four state-owned specialised banks, which<br />

together have about 120’000 branches in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> ICBC, for example, is the biggest of<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s big four state banks in terms of assets and employees. ICBC still allocates 70% of its<br />

loans to state firms. 35 <strong>The</strong> Bocom and the specialised banks are highly affected by the<br />

government policy granting loans to SOEs among the state -owned banks. <strong>China</strong>’s state banks<br />

are being undermined by the sheer scale of non-performing loans, although the conversion of<br />

central bank loans into equity would improve capital adequacy ratios and could be the first<br />

substantive step towards restructuring the sector. <strong>The</strong> increasing number of new banks pushed<br />

the existing specialised banks to further reforms in transforming themselves into market-<br />

oriented commercial banks, which try to be more flexible and customer focussed. Service at<br />

Chinese banks is getting better, but is still very poor. Nevertheless, since all business in <strong>China</strong><br />

requires to be conducted in RMB, it’s wise to let financial transaction done by domestic<br />

banks. <strong>The</strong> Shanghai government has directed local banks to favour loans to priority<br />

infrastructure projects, and all fixed-asset loans by <strong>China</strong>’s banks have been under the control<br />

of the central government since January 1994. This makes them not very reliable as a source<br />

for operating credits for either foreign or Chinese firms.<br />

Priority in the reforms, will be given to recapitalising the big four state-owned banks, while<br />

some smaller banks will be allowed to fail. This became clear as the Hainan Development<br />

Bank went bankrupt. Losses from its closure were covered by the authorities, but this may not<br />

be the case once closures and bankruptcies gain pace.<br />

Foreign Banks<br />

<strong>The</strong> restrictive regulatory environment, most notably the ban on RMB business, has<br />

discouraged and prohibited foreign banks from playing a prominent role in <strong>China</strong>. Foreign<br />

banks have historically not been allowed to open RMB accounts for customers, but they have<br />

been permitted to open foreign currency accounts for FIEs in Special Economic Zones. 36<br />

Nevertheless, by the end of 1995, 120 branches and 469 representative offices of foreign<br />

34 Business <strong>China</strong>, 1998, p. 12.<br />

35 Business <strong>China</strong>, 1998, pp. 12.<br />

27


anks were established in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>China</strong>’s commercial and financial capital Shanghai alone<br />

hosts 38 foreign banks and 119 representative offices, in 1997 the number of branches even<br />

raised to 70. This figure is increasing rapidly. 37<br />

However, the international banks can only do little more than arrange capital injection<br />

certification and continue lucrative trade finance because of numerous restrictions for foreign<br />

banks in <strong>China</strong>. In addition, opening an account with a foreign bank adds extra steps and<br />

expenses. Differences in banking services shows some differences between Chinese and<br />

international banks in financing investment projects in <strong>China</strong>. Until the end of 1996, no<br />

foreign bank could offer many day-to-day services to foreign companies or individuals in<br />

local currency. In January 1997, it was announced that nine foreign banks had been granted<br />

licences to undertake business in RMB. Among these group were the Citibank, Hong Kong &<br />

Shanghai Banking Corporation, Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Industrial Bank of Japan, Dai-Ichi<br />

Kangyo Bank, Sanwa Bank, Standard Chartered Bank and International Bank of Paris. Formal<br />

approval to actually transact business in RMB would be forthcoming when the conditions of<br />

the licence had been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the PBOC. According to PBOCs<br />

regulations, the foreign bank must have achieved profit in the last three years and engaged in<br />

medium- to long-term capital financing in <strong>China</strong>. Such a licence is only granted to those<br />

banks located in the Pudong New Area - the new financial district of Shanghai. (<strong>The</strong>y were<br />

also given the choice to maintain a sub-branch in the older Puxi district of Shanghai, but RMB<br />

business can only be handled in Pudong.) <strong>The</strong>ir total RMB loans are not allowed to exceed<br />

35% of their foreign currency liabilities. Compared with the total loans outstanding in <strong>China</strong>,<br />

this is only a very small amount. <strong>The</strong> banks each have to inject foreign currency capital<br />

(equivalent to no less than RMB 30 million) and convert it into RMB as working capital to<br />

run their RMB business. 38<br />

36 Wegner, 1998, pp. 23.<br />

37 Asian Wall Street Journal, April 1, 1996, p. 4; Jin Rong Shi Bao, March 5, 1996, p. 2.<br />

38 Klug, 1997, p. 7 and Wegner, 1998, p. 24.<br />

28


Chinese Banks Foreign Banks<br />

Financing services RMB financing services<br />

financing in foreign currency<br />

export financing<br />

trust loans<br />

required securities Mortgage<br />

capital injection certificate<br />

only 9 of them allowed<br />

allowed<br />

allowed<br />

seldom<br />

only as an additional security<br />

yes<br />

terms short term renewable max. 6-7 years, except longer term<br />

through project and export<br />

financing<br />

other banking services deposit accounts, foreign<br />

exchange, documentary<br />

operations for Chinese partners<br />

TABLE 2-2: Differences in banking services 39<br />

for foreign partners<br />

consulting foreign enterprises in<br />

entering the Chinese market<br />

<strong>The</strong>se foreign banks may only operate RMB accounts for FIEs that have legal registration in<br />

Shanghai. <strong>The</strong> foreign banks are still able to lend foreign currency funds to Chinese<br />

companies with transactional approval from the regulatory authorities, but under these new<br />

regulations are still not allowed to handle RMB-denominated business for local Chinese<br />

enterprises unless they have listed on an offshore stock exchange. Deposits from local citizens<br />

are also not permitted. <strong>The</strong> advantage for FIEs based in Shanghai, is that they can use one of<br />

these nine foreign banks for all their local and foreign currency transactions. they can expect<br />

higher standards of service from these banks and a better understanding of their international<br />

businesses.<br />

Many international banks from the German speaking region have set up their branches or<br />

representative offices in Shanghai such as Swiss Bank Corporation (SBC), Union Bank of<br />

Switzerland - in 1998, both banks merged to the new UBS AG - , Credit Suisse,<br />

Commerzbank, Dresdner Bank, Bayerische Vereinsbank or Westdeutsche Landesbank<br />

(WestLB). Most of them applied for a RMB-licence but are still waiting. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has yet<br />

to announce any specific plans to expand RMB business to other banks or other areas of the<br />

PRC. Due to the globalisation and further deregulation of <strong>China</strong>’s financial market, the<br />

financial landscape could dramatically change, but looking at the past, it becomes obvious<br />

that <strong>China</strong> could also suddenly stop every foreign influence and investment. However, it is<br />

expected tha t, as in the past, opening up the market will be on a step-by-step basis.<br />

Non-bank financial institutions<br />

In <strong>China</strong>, the non-state financial sector does not antedate the state banking sector; rather, it<br />

developed in response to controls over, and deficiencies in, that sector. Indeed, state banks are<br />

39 Klug, 1997, p. 2-6.<br />

29


typically poor at solving the problems of asymmetric information and at monitoring the<br />

performance of their borrowers. By contrast, non-bank financial institutions (NBFI) such as<br />

credit co-operatives, or less for mal organisations have comparative advantages in using local<br />

information, monitoring and enforcing sanctions on borrowers.<br />

NBFIs have greatly transformed the financial sector in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>y share five main<br />

characteristics. Firstly, they have broken the monopoly of state banks. Secondly, they are<br />

outside the narrow credit plan of the central government and the PBOC. Thirdly, they are<br />

more independent than banks, have more incentives to maximise profits and are subject to<br />

fewer regulations. Fourthly, there are very substantial problems of moral hazard in NFBIs,<br />

because they are mostly controlled by banks. Fifthly, regulations and laws concerning NFBIs<br />

are few, or are less well enforced than those concerning state-owned banks. 40 Shanghai is the<br />

most favoured place for non-bank financial institutions ranging from trust and investment<br />

corporations to finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, securities<br />

companies and thousands of rural credit co-operatives and urban credit co-operatives, often<br />

acting de facto like banks.<br />

2.3.1.3 Legal framework for financial structuring<br />

<strong>The</strong> detailed analysis of each and every one of all the established banking rules and<br />

regulations would go far beyond the objectives of this study. <strong>The</strong>refore, this part focuses only<br />

on the le gal development and two main laws in order to provide the reader with a basic<br />

understanding of the legal framework. 41 When the PRC was established, the old banking laws<br />

were annulled. As the country practised a planned economy and PBOC was the only bank, a<br />

central bank law was not needed as there were neither other banks to be supervised nor the<br />

requirement of a lender of last resort. Since there were no commercial banks, a law for this<br />

area was beyond consideration. For many years, PBOC carried out its business following state<br />

decisions. Materials show that in the thirty years between 1949 and 1979, there was not a<br />

single statutory law on banking business, and only a few dozen of decisions and orders were<br />

issued by the State Council. 42<br />

With the start of the open-door policy and <strong>China</strong>’s economic reform, <strong>China</strong> realised that a<br />

modern economy could only be supported by a complete legal system and therefore, legal<br />

40 Girardin, 1997, pp. 34.<br />

41 For a more precise analysis, look at Huang, 1996, p. 11-16 and Buchmann et al., 1996.<br />

42 Huang, 1996, p. 11.<br />

30


system formulation has been put on the top of the agenda. Between 1979 and 1993, a great<br />

number of administrative rules and regulations were enacted in a wide range of fields. Some<br />

of them dealt with the scope of the establishment of banking institutions or banking business<br />

and others related to operational limitations and requirements. A general review of the law-<br />

making process of this period will reveal two phenomena. <strong>The</strong> first relates to the<br />

unprecedented number of rules and regulations enacted in <strong>China</strong> on the banking business in<br />

sharp contrast with the previous period. This is directly linked to the fast development of the<br />

banking industry in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> other phenomenon relates to the lack of statutory laws on<br />

banking despite so many important administrative rules being enacted.<br />

A key to <strong>China</strong>’s financial development in the 1990s was the strengthening of the central<br />

bank. <strong>The</strong> most notable step was the promulgation of the Central Bank Law in 1995, effective<br />

as of March 19, 1995. With it, the role of the PBOC has become more focused. Art. 2 defines<br />

the PBOC’s hierarchical position under the leadership of the State Council. In opting for this<br />

solution, the activities of the central bank remain strongly linked to the requirements of state<br />

policy and the country’s economic plans. <strong>The</strong> law defines the central bank’s two key<br />

functions, namely the formulation and implementation of monetary policies on the one side<br />

and the supervision and administration of the country’s financial institutions on the other<br />

hand. <strong>The</strong> strengthening of the PBOC’s position must be seen as an attempt to monitor and<br />

control the financial sector more effectively. 43<br />

Another milestone development in <strong>China</strong>’s banking sector was the widely acknowledged<br />

promulgation of the Commercial Banking Law, effective from July 1st, 1995. Together with<br />

the Security Law, effective as of October 1, 1995, and the Negotiable Instruments Law,<br />

effective as of January 1, 1996, these laws constitute an important basis and framework for<br />

further financial reform. Moreover, they have to be seen as expression of ongoing efforts<br />

aimed at the creation of a comprehensive legal system. 44<br />

Comprising nine parts, the Commercial Banking Law was formulated to „protect the lawful<br />

rights and interests of commercial banks, depositors and other customers, standardise the acts<br />

of commercial banks, raise the quality of credit and assets and strengthen supervision and<br />

administration of commercial banks“ (Article 1). <strong>The</strong> law does not only codify and elevate to<br />

statutory level a number of issues that had previously been dealt with by administrative<br />

43 Buchmann et al., 1996, pp. 3, Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 13 and Huang, 1996, pp. 17.<br />

44 Buchmann et al., 1996, p. 1.<br />

31


egulations, but also introduces a new approach towards banking that marks a clear deviation<br />

from the previous banking concept constituted by the elements of a planned economy. <strong>The</strong><br />

law introduces prudential novations such as ratios for capital adequacy, loans-to-deposits and<br />

other standards enabling the state banks to eventually become commercial entities. Part four<br />

precisely details the basic rules for lending and other business. Part nine states that the Law<br />

shall apply to foreign investment commercial banks, Sino-foreign equity joint venture banks<br />

and branches of foreign commercial banks, except where laws or administrative regulations<br />

provide otherwise (Article 88).<br />

More than anything, the law is an intentional statement of genuine divergence from the central<br />

planning system and therefore, it is essential to take a closer look at the legal framework for<br />

banking. Still, there is a great lack of transparency and supervision in <strong>China</strong>, not even<br />

mentioning the money laundering actions. Without an independent institution who controls<br />

and supervises the financial system as a whole, the best reforms are inefficient.<br />

2.3.1.4 Instruments of financial control in <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese financial system can be characterised as a system of directed capital. <strong>The</strong> direct<br />

and indirect instruments of monetary control at the disposal of the PBOC, involving the credit<br />

plan and the regulation of interest rates and the RMB currency, are a by-product of a system<br />

of directed credit. Direct instruments are still the most effective, as indirect ones are<br />

underdeveloped, but the monetary authorities face difficulties in their control of banks’ assets<br />

and liabilities. 45 Foreign investors have to take these Chinese control mechanisms into<br />

consideration, making efficient financial management quite complicated if not impossible.<br />

This section describes three instruments, which are most relevant for foreign direct<br />

investments.<br />

Credit control<br />

<strong>The</strong> credit plan is the main instrument at the disposal of central authorities in their endeavour<br />

to channel bank financing to specified activities in the state sector. Before the reforms of the<br />

late 1970s there was, along with the physical plan, a financial plan composed of three<br />

complementary parts: the budget, the credit plan and the cash plan. After the reforms,<br />

monetary policy still consists mainly of a set of rules and practices adopted to implement the<br />

credit and cash plans.<br />

45 Girardin, 1997, p. 55.<br />

32


<strong>The</strong> separation of production and consumption activities through the use of different types of<br />

money, played a major role in the centralised system designed for the planned mobilisation<br />

and allocation of resources. As a result of the money segmentation, monetary management<br />

during the pre-reform years was dichotomised into controlling cash in circulation and<br />

allocating bank credit to support state industrial and commercial enterprises accor ding to<br />

national plans. In practice, the objective with respect to cash was to be achieved through the<br />

annual cash plan, which tried to maintain a stable relation between currency in circulation and<br />

various measures of retail sales (see also section Exchange Control). <strong>The</strong> credit plan is<br />

established by the PBOC and supervised by the State Council and the Planning Bureau. A<br />

major innovation occurred in 1988, when the coverage of the credit plan extended from the<br />

specialised and commercial banks to NBFIs and the direct financing of enterprises.<br />

<strong>The</strong> credit plan consists of a two-stage process: a top-down process followed by a bottom-up<br />

one. In the first stage, the PBOC sets a target for money supply as a function of the planned<br />

growth in output and prices. <strong>The</strong> credit plan, which is transmitted to the specialised banks,<br />

concerns both the asset side (quota for new loans) and the liabilities side (targets for deposits).<br />

<strong>The</strong> banks allocate these quotas and targets to their provincial branches, which then do the<br />

same for local branches. In the second stage, provincial branches of the PBOC put together<br />

provincial plans for deposits and loans by centralising the credit and deposit plans of the local<br />

branches of specialised banks. <strong>The</strong> PBOC then revises its initial credit plan in the light of this<br />

feedback from its branches, and the final credit plan is officially approved. <strong>The</strong> quotas for<br />

loans include for example the limitations on loans for fixed-capital construction (fixed-asset<br />

investment, five to ten years), on working-capital loans (up to one year) and on technical<br />

renovation loans to finance equipment (one to five years). <strong>The</strong>re is only a limited flexibility to<br />

reallocate credit quotas, for instance between loans for working capital and for technical<br />

renovation. Each category of maturities is further broken down into activities, sub-sectors and<br />

major projects. 46<br />

Quota regulations for short-term working capital loans are much more liberal than loans for<br />

fixed asset investment, as the latter to a much larger degree pertain to the macroeconomic<br />

stabilisation. Working capital lending is partially depending on the increase in banks’ deposits<br />

and partially on an overall credit limit set semi-annually by the PBOC. <strong>The</strong> banks may use<br />

working capital limits freely, fixed asset limits however not. <strong>The</strong>y are project-specific, and<br />

46 Girardin, 1997, p. 56.<br />

33


only projects approved to receive fixed asset quotas may receive such funds. Depending on<br />

the size of the project, the State Planning Commission or a local Planning Commission must<br />

approve fixed assets investments.<br />

As an allocator of funds, the quota system is an inefficient substitute for a free interest rate.<br />

<strong>The</strong> credit quota system plays an extremely important role for the whole financial sector. <strong>The</strong><br />

quotas constitute the most powerful, and the most devastating, tool in the PBOC’s portfolio of<br />

monetary policy instruments. <strong>The</strong>refore, the main task of future reforms should be the change<br />

of these direct instruments towards more indirect tools.<br />

<strong>The</strong> regulation of interest rates<br />

Interest rates are a main instrument of indirect monetary control in <strong>China</strong>, next to the lending<br />

by the PBOC to specialised banks and reserve requirements. <strong>The</strong> PBOC sets or regulates<br />

almost all lending and deposit rates to specialised banks and other financial institutions, as<br />

well as the guidelines for rates on the interbank market. <strong>The</strong> complex structure of interest<br />

rates set by the monetary authorities, aims at minimising the cost to state-owned banks of<br />

collecting resources so as selectively to subsidise production and investment in the st ate<br />

sector. This regulation of interest rates has indirectly led to great discrepancies in the efficient<br />

allocation of capital. 47<br />

<strong>The</strong> interest-rate policy follows three general principles: Firstly, the differential treatment<br />

according to the length of the loans or deposits, to the type of industry concerned and to the<br />

location of enterprises. Secondly, a degree of autonomous adjustability, where provincial and<br />

large municipal branches of the specialised banks are allowed substantial leeway to adjust<br />

interest rates on a local basis. Thus, banks can charge interest rates up to 60 per cent higher<br />

than the rate set by the PBOC regulations and can offer a five-point bonus on large time<br />

deposits. At the national level as well, banks have been granted some margin for setting their<br />

lending or deposit rates. Finally, the third principle is the possibility of calculating interest<br />

period by period which is done asymmetrically.<br />

Exchange control<br />

Foreign currency business has traditionally been heavily regulated. Domestic c ompanies have<br />

been allowed to retain only parts of their foreign currency earnings while joint ventures and<br />

other FIEs have been allowed to exchange foreign currency at a number of local so called<br />

47 Girardin, 1997, pp. 57.<br />

34


swap centres (see also above). From the mid-1980s to 1994, there was a dual exchange rate<br />

mechanism in place. In 1994, the foreign exchange system was significantly simplified as the<br />

dual exchange rates were unified and the large number of fragmented swap centres were<br />

linked through the PBOC driven <strong>China</strong> Foreign Exchange Trade System. 48 Further, the<br />

foreign currency exchange retention system for domestic enterprises was abolished, meaning<br />

that domestic enterprises now must sell all their foreign earnings over the counter to<br />

designated banks as soon as they receive payment.<br />

<strong>The</strong> financial crisis in Asia has enforced the discussion about fixed or flexible exchange rates,<br />

as well as about the advantages and disadvantages of currency devaluation in less-developed<br />

countries. For <strong>China</strong>, the best way has not become clearly yet. Devaluation or even a flexible<br />

fully convertible RMB currency would lead <strong>China</strong> into a serious economic crisis in the short<br />

run with impacts on the whole region. But in the long run, full convertibility would be<br />

beneficial for <strong>China</strong>’s economy. Through exposure to international market prices and foreign<br />

competition, investment allocation becomes more rational and domestic producers are forced<br />

to improve efficiency. <strong>The</strong> discussion about these issues hasn’t finished yet, neither has the<br />

crisis, which makes a realistic prediction quite impossible. Anyway, current account<br />

convertibility is a precondition for <strong>China</strong>’s WTO membership and it has been an announced<br />

goal to make the RMB current account convertible by the year 2000. Convertibility is always<br />

a matter of definition, but it is widely doubted that the PRC authorities are willing to expose<br />

the economy to the shock and instability that a true current account convertibility would<br />

cause.<br />

2.3.2 <strong>China</strong>’s financial markets<br />

<strong>The</strong> structure and organisation of the financia l market also influences the possibilities of<br />

business finance. Usually, the financial market exists of a capital and a money market, but in<br />

<strong>China</strong> there is quite a mixture of both forms. <strong>The</strong>se markets are all underdeveloped in <strong>China</strong><br />

compared with more deve loped markets in Asia and the West, but have gradually begun to<br />

play an important role. In the following, some remarks will be made about each single sector<br />

within the financial market. Generally spoken for emerging markets, you must have existing<br />

investment before a secondary market can be developed. <strong>The</strong> nature of investments being<br />

made in <strong>China</strong> therefore also depends on the degree of sophistication in the investment<br />

environment which includes both, financial products and financial markets.<br />

48 Tseng, 1994, p. 8.<br />

35


<strong>The</strong>re have been discussions as to whether <strong>China</strong> is moving toward a German-Japanese model<br />

with strong financial intermediaries or toward an Anglo -American model where financial<br />

markets play a more significant part in the economic process. It seems that the current policy-<br />

makers have a long-term vision of creating a financial system where intermediation plays an<br />

important part and where direct access to financial markets for non-financial institutions will<br />

be strongly regulated and obstructed.<br />

2.3.2.1 Stock market<br />

Since stock markets per definition imply a certain degree of privatisation in the economy, the<br />

development has not been actively encouraged. <strong>The</strong> experimental phase of stock trading<br />

started with stocks being sporadically sold and bought over the counter in 1982. Since then,<br />

two securities exchanges have emerged: the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) and the<br />

Shenzhen Securities Exchange. <strong>The</strong>y were established in 1984 and 1987 respectively and<br />

received officially recognition in 1990 and 1991. <strong>The</strong> SSE is <strong>China</strong>’s largest securities<br />

exchange. It has about 500 members and operates on a cash-only basis. Its computer system is<br />

capable of handling 1’000 transactions per second. Settlement is well functioned and efficient.<br />

In addition, <strong>China</strong> has companies listed on the Hong Kong Stock exchange, so called „red<br />

chips“ and two on the New York Stock Exchange. Due to the strict listing and trading<br />

regulations, an illegal market for company stocks has emerged. 49<br />

<strong>The</strong> stocks listed on both domestic stock exchanges are divided in A- and B-shares. <strong>The</strong><br />

former is only available for Chinese investors while the latter is only tradable by foreign<br />

investors with nomination in RMB but settlement in US$ in Shanghai or HK$ in Shenzhen.<br />

One of the reasons for this division is the lack of full convertibility of the RMB. Only a few<br />

listed companies have no interest holdings by the government. <strong>The</strong> regulatory mechanism of<br />

the capital market is still centralised through the <strong>China</strong> Securities Regulatory Commission<br />

(CSRC), which is primarily responsible for implementing and regulations and for supervising<br />

securities forms and markets.<br />

<strong>The</strong> A-shares tend to maintain price-equity ratios well above those in more mature markets,<br />

although trading is volatile, while the B-shares have more similar price -equity ratios to those<br />

in western exchanges, but with small selection and insufficient liquidity. One of the reasons<br />

for the high volatility in the domestic secondary markets, is the dominance of individual<br />

49 Semkow et al., 1995, p. 266-267, Schüller, 1995, pp. 933 and Chan, 1995, pp. 1.<br />

36


investors with little experience and knowledge about the securities trading. <strong>The</strong> only limit set<br />

by the Shanghai Stock Exchange, is that one transaction cannot move the market more than<br />

10% up or down from the preceding one.<br />

2.3.2.2 Bond market<br />

<strong>China</strong> has developed relatively mature primary and secondary markets for long-term<br />

securitised debt. According to the issuer there are three types of bonds in <strong>China</strong>: 50<br />

state bonds, issued by the Ministry of Finance<br />

financial bonds, project specific bonds normally issued by the CCB<br />

corporate bonds, normally issued by SOEs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> dominant type is the state bond with more of 90% of the total bond market value. <strong>The</strong><br />

second largest are the financial bonds, which are issued by financial institutions, mainly by<br />

domestic banks. Corporate bonds have the smallest share of market value, since the<br />

government set very strict eligible criteria and approval procedures for the SOEs as potential<br />

bond issuer. Over 80% of <strong>China</strong>’s government bonds are traded at the Shanghai Stock<br />

Exchange. A big issue recently on the SSE has been the three gorges bond of RMB 16 billion<br />

Yuan (USD 120 million) with 3-year term and 11% annual interest rate. <strong>The</strong> bond market is<br />

growing rapidly in size, and the driving force for the boom has been the two times interest<br />

rate cut in 1996. In the year 1997, the government had the intention to improve the scale and<br />

variety of the corporate bond market. On the investor side, bonds are judged as a more secure<br />

form of investment. Investors start to change their focus from the very speculative stock<br />

market to the quite stable bond market.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main players in the bond market are the “primary dealers”, similar as market makers in<br />

the UK. <strong>The</strong>y amount to a total of 30 and include both, banks and securities houses. For any<br />

issue, they have to underwrite a minimum of 1% of the total amount. Auctioning was also<br />

introduced in the primary market. Most of the lead managers for underwriting government<br />

bonds are banks, who have the only financial muscle to buy such a large issuance before<br />

placing it. In the secondary market, brokers trade both, bonds and shares, from the same stock<br />

exchange seat and trading is dominated by securities houses. <strong>The</strong> biggest trader is <strong>China</strong>’s<br />

largest brokerage company, the Shenyin Wanguo, who is a merger between the two securities<br />

houses, Shanghai Shenyin and Shanghai International. Several securities companies<br />

37


specialising in bonds have been set up, such as the Shanghai Securities Financial Company.<br />

Other securities houses are in the process of establishing specialist departments to run their<br />

bond business, rather than just dealing with it in a general securities department. Both,<br />

paperless and physical bonds, are traded on the SSE.<br />

Foreign invested enterprises are not allowed to issue securities on their corporate debt. One<br />

reason behind this ban is control of monetary expansion. Another reason is that the MOF sees<br />

no reason to allow competitors into a market it almost monopolises and thus jeopardise the<br />

effectiveness of its budget deficit financing vehicle.<br />

2.3.2.3 Foreign exchange market<br />

Since foreign banks are not allowed to conduct RMB business (or only to a limited numbers<br />

of businesses), the only financial market which is of direct relevance to them is the foreign<br />

exchange market. Throughout the reform era, the PRC authorities have experimented<br />

extensively with the structure of this market. Via complex rules, the authorities have allocated<br />

funds through quotas, regulated plural, dual or unified exchange rates and monitored retention<br />

rates and foreign exchange balancing. <strong>The</strong> overall objectives of the foreign exchange market<br />

reform have been to give incentives for export, control the exchange rate and thereby promote<br />

macroeconomic stability. Further, in recent years, current account convertibility has been a<br />

goal in the foreign exchange reforms, partially due to WTO requirements.<br />

After the period of se veral foreign exchange centres serving with different exchange rates of<br />

RMB in <strong>China</strong>, the Foreign Exchange Centre in Shanghai now takes the function of providing<br />

a unified nation-wide spot foreign exchange rate of the RMB, through which a preparatory<br />

step is made for the full convertibility of RMB.<br />

2.3.2.4 Interbank money market<br />

<strong>The</strong> interbank market is synonymous with the money and debt markets in the Chinese<br />

terminology. Operators on this market include banks and other financial institutions. Before<br />

1979, the allocation of credit was vertical from the State Council to bank branches through the<br />

PBOC. <strong>The</strong> only thing a bank branch with surplus funds could do was to try to hold onto<br />

50 Semkow et al., 1995, p. 42-58.<br />

38


them, while a branch with a shortage of funds could in no way get in contact with another<br />

branch. 51<br />

<strong>The</strong> reforms in 1979 put limits on the credit banks could extend and made their lending<br />

capacity conditional on their deposit-raising abilities. In 1983, an unofficial interbank market<br />

was created on an experimental basis by a regional branch of the ABC. This horizontal<br />

interface between branches marked a change from the previous, vertical system. <strong>The</strong><br />

experiment proved such a success that branches of other banks were included in the system.<br />

As a result of early moves to liberalise the financial sector, sporadic interbank trading<br />

between branches of specialised banks emerged in 1985. <strong>The</strong> reason was the increasing need<br />

for local interbank markets which came from the shortage of credit through a restrictive<br />

monetary policy implemented by the PBOC in 1985. In November 1995, the PBOC<br />

announced its intentions to link the banks and the most important regional money markets<br />

electronically. But still, the interest rates are tightly controlled, which makes the money<br />

market not very effective. By the end of 1987, interbank markets existed in nearly all regions.<br />

But the lack of proper regulatory framework and of supervision by monetary authorities<br />

allowed the creation of „finance companies“ and development of unauthorised activities, such<br />

as short-term borrowing and long-term lending. As the PBOC declared that no authorities<br />

would intervene in any way, interbank activities of various kind sprang up in most large cities<br />

across the country.<br />

In 1989, these finance companies were abolished by the PBOC and in 1990, standardised<br />

operating principles of interbank markets came into effect. <strong>The</strong> interbank activities were<br />

centralised in some well-defined market places in Shanghai, Wuhan, Beijing/Tianjin,<br />

Shenyang, Xi’an and Chongqing. In Shanghai, the market took a more structured form in<br />

August 1986 with the establishment of the „Shanghai Money Market“, organised by the<br />

ICBC. <strong>The</strong> ICBC often accounts for more than three quarters of all interbank activities in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, although in principle, any financial institution may operate on this market after<br />

approval by the PBOC. Still, the interbank market is quite segmented while the extent of<br />

segmentation depends on the stature of the region or centre concerned. It is organised in three<br />

layers: markets, centres and networks. <strong>The</strong> market itself is organised locally by financial<br />

institutions and sponsored by local branches of the PBOC. Links between these three layers<br />

are poor due to the underdeveloped telecommunications, the inadequacy of organisation by<br />

51 See Dipchand et. Al, 1994; Girardin, 1997 and Xia, 1995.<br />

39


financial authorities and the protectionism of local government and banks. Altogether, looking<br />

at the inefficient use of financial and human resources, the interbank market would highly<br />

benefit from further reforms not only in the financial system as a whole but also in the way<br />

this market is managed and organised. 52<br />

2.3.2.5 Short term debt securities market<br />

Debt securities with short maturities have only recently been issued in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> main<br />

obstacle against short term securities has been the inefficient and slow primary markets.<br />

Shorter maturities have gradually been introduced as part of a seemingly concentrated effort<br />

to develop <strong>China</strong>’s money markets and replace direct with indirect monetary policy<br />

instruments.<br />

<strong>The</strong> market for short term debt instruments can roughly be divided into a government bills<br />

market, where securities are issued in three different maturities by the MOF and are traded on<br />

the secondary market, and the market for commercial papers, bankers acceptances and<br />

certificates of deposites not issued by the MOF. <strong>The</strong> latter is negligible because of a slow<br />

underwriting. Since these instruments compete with the government instruments of the first<br />

mentioned market, they are not actively promoted and the eligibility requirements are hard.<br />

Further, secondary markets do not exist, and the lack of a legal and regulatory framework, as<br />

well as market transparency has discouraged issues.<br />

2.3.3 Instruments of financial management<br />

With the business licence issued by the State ICAB, any foreign-invested enterprise can open<br />

both bank accounts of foreign exchange and RMB at any bank or at any other financial<br />

institution which is permitted to handle foreign exchange business by the State Foreign<br />

Exchange Administration Department. According to the needs of business, a foreign-invested<br />

enterprise can also apply for a loan of either foreign exchange or RMB from any bank inside<br />

<strong>China</strong> which runs the business of foreign exchange. <strong>The</strong> interest rate upon loans is<br />

promulgated by the PBOC.<br />

Debt or equity - a number of financing options are available to foreign investors wishing to<br />

start up a joint venture or wholly foreign-owned enterprise in <strong>China</strong>, as well as to foreign<br />

investors with existing interests in ventures in <strong>China</strong> wishing to make additional investments.<br />

52 For further information see Xia, 1995 and Girardin, 1997, pp. 77.<br />

40


Loans, public offerings of shares, bonds, countertrade and leasing are just some of the<br />

options. 53 <strong>The</strong> recent economic turbulence in Asia has resulted in a tighter credit environment<br />

for many PRC investors. On the other hand, increasing M & A opportunities and further<br />

deregulation and liberalisation of the banking system have led to a higher sophistication and<br />

availability of financing instruments. It remains to be seen whether PRC investors face better<br />

and more efficient means of financing their investments in the future.<br />

This section focuses on the instruments and means of financial management which are most<br />

commonly used by foreign enterprises in <strong>China</strong>. But before looking at financing options, it is<br />

essential to describe the general categories of investment structures which are most common<br />

in today’s merger and acquisition market in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are two main categories of FDI in <strong>China</strong>: direct and indirect acquisition. <strong>The</strong> first type<br />

of investment involves the purchase of local assets either through a mainland-registered<br />

company or by direct purchase of shares in a listed or unlisted company registered there. It<br />

includes the traditional business vehicles, such as equity or co-operative joint venture<br />

companies (EJV, CJV) and wholly foreign-owned enterprises (WFOE) or, most recently, a<br />

joint-stock limited company. In the past, the traditional joint venture was the vehicle of<br />

choice, mainly because the Chinese partner was considered an essential tool for approval and<br />

business finance. Today, however, investors are wiser and more experienced, which replaced<br />

the joint venture by the WFOE as the most common type of investment structure. On top of<br />

that, the purchase of shares of mainland-listed or unlisted companies has become a new, more<br />

straightforward way for foreign investors. <strong>The</strong> target company most often is a joint-stock<br />

limited one. Although the transferral of shares remains an uncertainty in <strong>China</strong>, joint-stock<br />

companies enjoy advantages over more traditional investment vehicles which have also an<br />

impact on financing possibilities. Firstly, raising capital is easier than with an equity joint<br />

venture or a WFOE. Secondly, joint-stock companies present fewer problems in regard to<br />

minority shareholder rights, giving the investor a freer hand in deciding policy and managing<br />

the business.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second general category of investment vehicle is known as an indirect acquisition where<br />

the foreign enterprise purchases shares in a non-Chinese company, the assets of which include<br />

an interest in a company or companies registered on the mainland. Indirect acquisition has a<br />

number of a dvantages and is becoming more and more visible.<br />

53 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 10.<br />

41


After the decision for the investment structure has been taken, central issues for PRC<br />

investors are the composition of capital and extent of participation as well as the best<br />

financing option. Choosing the right structure can significantly affect profitability further<br />

down the road. 54<br />

For foreign invested enterprises, <strong>China</strong> is a new site. According to Western standards, the<br />

financial institutions and instruments in <strong>China</strong> for debt financing are underdeveloped.<br />

Because of the stage of economic development and the system - that is to be reformed - it is<br />

difficult for companies to raise debt capital from international financial markets. For every<br />

investment it is therefore necessary to systematically analyse the possibilities and boundaries<br />

of debt financing for foreign companies, which must encompass the short-term as well as the<br />

long-term debt financing forms.<br />

FIEs, especially their foreign investors, are exposed as in most developing countries, also in<br />

<strong>China</strong> to the currency risk, that means the exchange rate risk and the transfer risk. <strong>The</strong> foreign<br />

currency problem is intensified on the one hand because of the big demand for foreign<br />

exchange for buying materials from abroad and for paying the dividends for foreign investors,<br />

and on the other hand through the difficulties of earning foreign exchange in the start up<br />

phase. FIEs’ finance management has to solve most of all problems of equity financing, debt<br />

financing and currency management. <strong>The</strong>se three issues shall be analysed in the following. 55<br />

2.3.3.1 Equity financing<br />

Every FIE in <strong>China</strong> is required to have a certain amount of registered capital, as specified in<br />

its approval documents. According to these approval documents, the foreign investor’s<br />

minimum share of equity capital must amount 25 % of the whole capital of the enterprise.<br />

Unless such registered capital is contributed, which must be done in a manner in accordance<br />

with Chinese law, the foreign enterprise cannot exist as a legal entity in <strong>China</strong>. Aside from the<br />

obvious method of investing registered capital in the form of cash, there are several other<br />

ways of contributing the required amount to the venture which may save a foreign investor<br />

money. Commonly, local partners have little cash to invest. <strong>The</strong>refore, the Chine se company<br />

often may provide machinery, land-use rights and factories, or other assets as their portion of<br />

the investment, its share of registered capital (all of which are inherently difficult to value).<br />

Only a few local enterprises have readily accessible cash. <strong>The</strong>ir very desire for a joint venture<br />

54 Pausenberger/Völker, 1985, p. 21-24.<br />

55 Pausenberger 1980, pp. 53 and Pausenberger/Glaum, 1993, p. 764 -768.<br />

42


is often to acquire foreign capital and technology. Foreign investors should be aware of how<br />

their partner will finance their share of the investment. <strong>The</strong> foreign partner often contributes<br />

know-how, immaterial goods, machinery and technology from overseas. Foreign investors<br />

should keep in mind the requirement that only 25% of the foreign investor’s registered capital<br />

contribution to an FIE may comprise technology. 56<br />

<strong>The</strong> foreign investor could also get his share of registered capital financed through loans from<br />

banking institutions or through investment grants from national and international finance<br />

companies such as KfW in Germany. <strong>The</strong> foreign investor as well as the Chinese counterpart,<br />

or the venture itself, could also use Chinese banks for financing their registered capital via<br />

loans. <strong>The</strong>y may procure capital other than the registered capital through preferential-interest<br />

loans if it imports goods or machinery from the US or Europe via special government „soft-<br />

loans“, „mixed-loans“ or export credit programs, the purpose of which is to encourage the<br />

purchase of such goods. Applying for such loans requires certain guarantees, housing or real<br />

security and the approval of the venture through the authorities. <strong>The</strong> US Export-Import Bank<br />

offers bank guarantees to foreign purchasers of machinery and equipment from the US. <strong>The</strong><br />

life of these loan contract is generally one to three years. 57 A foreign investor wishing to<br />

participate in a joint venture with a Chinese company may also raise money overseas by<br />

entering into a joint venture contract with a Chinese party. To raise public funds outside the<br />

PRC for use as registered capital, the investor first needs to set up a company overseas, if one<br />

does not already exist. Currency lending from outside <strong>China</strong> will require the approval of the<br />

State Administration of Foreign Exchange. This method of financing can also be used to raise<br />

capital for a joint venture that already exists.<br />

While a foreign investor must be prepared to initially contribute a good deal of equity to a<br />

venture to satisfy the Chinese regulations regarding registered capital, a wise financier would<br />

also attempt to invest equipment purchased abroad with the help of low-interest loan as a part<br />

of registered capital attributed to the FIE. Alternatively, a foreign party wishing to fund his<br />

enterprise with a Chinese party may prefer to issue shares in a separate overseas company,<br />

and then use the proceeds from the offering specifically for the purpose of funding the joint<br />

ve nture. Leasing of equipment and machinery in <strong>China</strong> provides another suitable alternative<br />

to loans for some investors in that such agreements are convenient to enter into and may have<br />

tax advantages. Another possibility of funding capital is inside financing through cash flows,<br />

56 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 10; de Waal, 1998, pp. 16.<br />

57 Fan, 1994, pp. 189.<br />

43


evenue sharing, deprecations and other reserves. But this is a relatively new and unknown<br />

form of financing tool available to foreign investors and therefore not often practised. Also,<br />

the revenues of just started FIEs and the rates of depreciation are rather low in <strong>China</strong>, which<br />

makes inside financing quite difficult looking at the rather high amount of required capital. In<br />

spite of this underdevelopment, these financing tools offer substantial tax advantages, in that<br />

the income received from such investments may not be immediately taxable. 58 Generally<br />

spoken, the FIE’s have a great flexibility in the way they want to allocate and use their<br />

revenues as long as both partners agree, which is sometimes difficult in <strong>China</strong>, especially<br />

when the Chinese partner has debt financed his share of investment. If a local partner has<br />

borrowed to fund his portion of equity, he will have a different attitude than his foreign<br />

partner as to such important issues as dividends and future capital injections. Several joint<br />

ventures were unable to expand their venture in conjunction with the opportunities in the<br />

marketplace. Often a local partner’s inability or unwillingness to increase equity has limited<br />

the joint venture’s expansion. 59<br />

For most investors the surest way to minimise risk is to minimise the amount of their equity<br />

investment - unfortunately, this is often not the case for a joint venture in <strong>China</strong>. Foreign<br />

investors cannot assume that debt will be available or that their partner has good friends in the<br />

local banking community. Too often, foreign investors seek to minimise the amount of paid -in<br />

capital only to find that they must then provide payment guarantees for 100 % of the venture’s<br />

debt requirement. While the minimum percentage of equity financing is easy to determine,<br />

investors should keep in mind that this may not be the appropriate percentage for their<br />

particular investment. If debt is not possible without parent company guarantees and if the<br />

local partner cannot provide their portion of debt guarantees, then the foreign investor should<br />

demand a higher equity-to-debt ratio. 60<br />

In addition to the required amount of registered capital, all enterprises in <strong>China</strong> must have<br />

working capital with which to handle daily business affairs. <strong>The</strong> parties may contribute<br />

working capital to the venture at any time. A venture is normally better off borrowing money<br />

for working capital, which can be obtained from Chinese banks in <strong>China</strong> or from overseas<br />

banks or other lending institutions (see next part).<br />

58 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 14.<br />

59 Pausenberger/Völker, 1985, p. 24.<br />

60 de Waal, 1998, p. 16.<br />

44


2.3.3.2 Debt financing<br />

As getting the status of Chinese legal entities through official approval, FIEs are treated<br />

through the authorities and financial institutions as if they are Chinese domestic enterprises.<br />

According to the goal of the government to promote foreign direct investment into <strong>China</strong>, the<br />

FIEs can generally obtain more financial instruments of debt financing than their Chinese<br />

counterpart. <strong>The</strong> government also provides grants and financial support for financing<br />

corporate debt, if the potential debtors fulfil certain restrictions similar to Western standards.<br />

Similarly to Western standards, the loans can also vary in <strong>China</strong> according to currency, time<br />

limits, finance purpose etc. Nevertheless, Chinese authorities use different definitions for<br />

long- and short-term loans. Long-term loans include all loans with a time limit of more than<br />

twelve months. Loans with a maturity of 12 months or less are considered to be working<br />

capital, and are subject to different quota restrictions than longer maturity loans (see also part<br />

0). <strong>The</strong> definition of maturity orientates mainly on the financing purpose, as if the loan is<br />

meant to be for fixed or current assets. For investment projects, which exceed certain limits<br />

set by the Planning Bureau, approval of authorities is necessary. 61 Large infrastructure<br />

projects are still often funded over the budget state or provincial budget. Another issue to<br />

address is whether debt financing should be in RMB or foreign currency (usually USD).<br />

Many foreign investors have no choice. Often corporate policies require that investments be<br />

funded in local currency. Many consumer product companies with wide -spread activities in<br />

<strong>China</strong> will only consider expansion if they can secure adequate local currency funding. As<br />

policy they will not take the risk of a devaluation of the RMB. While conditions vary from<br />

place to place in <strong>China</strong>, in recent months it has generally been easier for joint ventures to<br />

obtain reasonably structured debt financing. Positive impacts by the PBOC on RMB debt<br />

financing have been its announcement to abolish the lending quota system and its lowering of<br />

RMB interest rates, because of the decline in economic growth and the fall in inflation. 62<br />

A joint venture or a WFOE in <strong>China</strong> may, according to the „PRC Commercial Bank Law“<br />

obtain a RMB loan from a Chinese bank. Having sufficient RMB is necessary to cover the<br />

costs of everyday expenses such as raw materials, labour and public utilities. Security interest<br />

for the loan may be required by the bank issuing the loan, and such security may take the form<br />

of a guarantee or charge over various assets of the enterprise. Concerning the security,<br />

investors have to keep in mind some Chinese specific features, such as the non-conveyance of<br />

61 Fan, 1994, pp. 198.<br />

45


eal estate (after the upcoming reforms, this might change) which does not allow real estate to<br />

serve as security, neither do machines and assets used for own purposes and therefore<br />

imported tax-free to <strong>China</strong>. As when lending to local companies, before approving a loan the<br />

bank may investigate various factors such as the payment ability of the potential debtor, assets<br />

of the company, the validity and strength of any guarantee, the use of the loan and other<br />

financial information. Again, the investor must be aware of the in-transparency and<br />

asymmetric information in <strong>China</strong>. In <strong>China</strong>, several restrictions and laws concerning financing<br />

business have been promulgated but their implementation and execution suffers a lot.<br />

Decisions related to developing business andextending credit in <strong>China</strong> must take into account<br />

risk factors particular to the market. <strong>The</strong> absence of reliable information in general, and<br />

performance-related information (financial statements, payment experiences, court records) in<br />

particular, plus the special risk factors of „triangular debt“, obsolete inventories and<br />

unprofitable and technically bankrupt SOEs, make it imperative to deal with customers and<br />

suppliers face -to-face in addition to obtaining information from external information<br />

sources. 63 Another serious problem with RMB loans has been the tenor. Chinese banks often<br />

told customers that they could not lend medium or long-term RMB loans unless the project<br />

was officially part of the current five -year plan. Quota (also see part 0) was also a problem as<br />

each bank was give n an annual limit on the amount of loans it could make. Often banks with<br />

excess deposits were unable to lend because of inadequate quota. Some banks were willing to<br />

lend for very short periods of time as long as the loans would be repaid before quotas would<br />

be re-checked. With the recent announcement that the quota system will no longer be used,<br />

the PBOC hopes to see more loans made on the basis of economic viability and credit<br />

worthiness. Unfortunately, only a few bankers have credit training or background, most of<br />

them are totally inexperienced with market-oriented credit rating. 64<br />

Generally, FIEs are able to obtain long-term loans from every Chinese bank but the CCB is<br />

the leading bank for financing new investments. <strong>The</strong> speciality banks orientate themselves on<br />

the industry sector in which the FIE is located. Borrowing RMB currency must almost<br />

invariably be done in <strong>China</strong> and can be expensive. Overseas loans at lower interest rates can<br />

be obtained, and at times converted into RMB at market rates, to keep down the cash cost in<br />

the PRC investment. As mentioned above, currency lending from outside the PRC will require<br />

62 de Waal, 1998, pp. 17.<br />

63 Dun & Bradstedt, 1998, pp. 15.<br />

64 de Waal, 1998, p. 18.<br />

46


the approval of special authorities. In the past, the Bank of <strong>China</strong> was the only institution<br />

which can provide FIEs with long-term loans in foreign currencies. Nowadays, this monopoly<br />

doesn’t exist anymore. Short -term debt financing in <strong>China</strong> is mainly offered by banks. Due to<br />

the financial reforms, several new financing tools especially for short-term finance on the<br />

money markets, are being created, but they are still underdeveloped. 65 Alternative sources of<br />

debt financing include export credit agencies and the World Bank’s International Finance<br />

Corporation (IFC). Export credit agencies have had a difficult time structuring credits to<br />

<strong>China</strong> that do not carry sovereign risk guarantees. Often their pricing is more expensive than<br />

commercial bank debt. <strong>The</strong> IFC has been very active in <strong>China</strong>, but their approval process can<br />

be lengthy. <strong>The</strong>y are frequently also willing to take a small equity stake in the venture.<br />

Next to these more traditional bank loans, FIEs could also get their corporate debt long-term<br />

financed via issuing bonds directly on the capital market. In <strong>China</strong>, the PBOC is in charge and<br />

control of the approval for such bonds. Any enterprise in <strong>China</strong> may float a bond on the local<br />

or foreign markets or make a public offering of its own corporate shares on the local or<br />

foreign markets, with the approval of the relevant state authorities, which requires detailed<br />

documentation, such as business reports, financial statements and balance sheets, specific<br />

terms and conditions of the bond to be issued, and the manner in which the funds will be<br />

managed and the debt repaid. Additional requirements and procedures are necessary if the<br />

bond is to be used for fixed asset investment. <strong>The</strong>se requirements are strict and sometimes<br />

make it very difficult to obtain approval from the relevant authorities. Of course, while in<br />

some situations obtaining funds through issuing securities may be more preferable than<br />

getting a loan, the FIE owners will be giving up some of their ownership in the company, and<br />

as such, should be careful not to give away too many of their rights. Given the present state of<br />

the markets, if the offering is to be made in Hong Kong or <strong>China</strong>, FIE owners may wish to<br />

wait for a more propitious time. Especially foreign investors, may have to face national and<br />

cultural barriers. 66<br />

An indirect method of getting funding for a project is through transactions called forfeiting or<br />

countertrade, of which the latter means that an FIE links its purchase of machinery or other<br />

assets with the sale of certain products. This method may be attractive to FIEs that rely mainly<br />

on raw materials and labour in <strong>China</strong>, as these production costs are quite low when compared<br />

to their profit margin. <strong>The</strong>refore, countertrade has become a necessary component for most<br />

65 Fan, 1994, pp. 202.<br />

66 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 11 -12.<br />

47


foreign investors in structuring the finance of their venture, in large part because the RMB is<br />

not fully convertible. Compensation trade is one form of countertrade in which the investor<br />

pays for the cost of machinery or other asset being purchased with items produced by the<br />

machinery itself. Other forms of countertrade exist, such as those in which the asset purchased<br />

is paid off using products other than those produced by the machinery acquired. Using one of<br />

these methods is helpful for companies reducing their use of foreign exchange, but they<br />

should be careful, however, to ensure that this method is cost -effective and that the cost of the<br />

goods which will be used to pay for the asset is less than the cost of taking out a loan. Leasing<br />

of equipment and machinery also provides a suitable alternative for FIEs that do not wish to<br />

pay the full price for the equipment immediately on purchase. Financing the venture by<br />

leasing is also attractive because the fixed lease payments are not subject to the vagaries of<br />

floating interest rates, and because leases are at times much more convenient to obtain and<br />

handle than loans. 67<br />

2.3.3.3 Currency management<br />

International enterprises operate in <strong>China</strong> with a wide range of high volatile currencies. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are permanently faced with currency risk, which includes transfer and exchange risk. <strong>The</strong><br />

current concern for all investors in <strong>China</strong> is whether or not <strong>China</strong> will devalue its currency.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re seems to be a distinct polarisation between those with a political point of view (who<br />

believe that <strong>China</strong>’s leaders cannot afford to lose face by reversing their public commitments<br />

to maintain current rates) versus those with an economic point of view (who believe that<br />

<strong>China</strong> cannot forever avoid the impact of the regional devaluation in Asia). Most businesses<br />

are not getting into the debate, but are rather reviewing their exposures and trying to hedge<br />

their positions as much as possible. 68<br />

<strong>The</strong> RMB is not fully convertible on world markets and most companies must endure<br />

restrictions on foreign exchange. In addition to that, the exchange rates of the RMB towards<br />

other currencies do not express the real values. FIEs are heavily exposed to a variety of<br />

currencies used for their working capital and cash assets as well as for their balance sheet<br />

values. <strong>The</strong> strict currency control (see also part Exchange Control) accelerates the currency<br />

risk for the FIEs although they are in advantage of more freedom in the area of currency<br />

67 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 12.<br />

68 de Waal, 1998, p. 19.<br />

48


control compared to national enterprises. 69 A significant devaluation has not occurred for<br />

more than four years in <strong>China</strong>, therefore, many investors have become (too) complacent with<br />

a stable exchange rate and easy access to foreign exchange.<br />

FIEs have to gain their currencies, which they need for procurement from abroad,<br />

compensation of their foreign staff and for paying dividends to their foreign investors on a<br />

self-operating basis. <strong>The</strong> Chinese government supports them only poorly. <strong>The</strong> balancing of<br />

these foreign exchange positions is one of the most difficult tasks and therefore a high barrier<br />

for FIEs in <strong>China</strong>. In a controlled market like <strong>China</strong>, it is complicated to gain all the necessary<br />

currencies for the daily business. However, in spite of all techniques of hedging currency<br />

exposures, devaluation will fundamentally alter a company’s revenues and costs and thus its<br />

cash flow. If devaluation occurs, a company that imports parts and components to<br />

manufacture products that will be sold in <strong>China</strong>, must raise local currency prices to avoid<br />

losing money on every sale. Each investor in <strong>China</strong> should review their cash flow by currency<br />

and determine what impact various levels of devaluation would have on that cash flow. 70<br />

When a company’s assets and liabilities are denominate d in different currencies, changes in<br />

the relative value of the currencies involved will bring about a change in the relative value of<br />

the assets and liabilities. To avoid this, financial managers have the objective to keep the same<br />

ratio between currencie s on both sides of the balance sheet. By borrowing in the same<br />

currency as they will receive from future business, companies hedge against exchange rate<br />

risk. This is problematic when one of the currencies involved is the RMB. Firstly, rigid RMB<br />

maturities complicate matching. <strong>The</strong> dates for payment and repayment of the loans are often<br />

inflexibly set by the bank. Secondly, the interest rates on these loans can be preclusively high<br />

(see 2.3.3.2). Regulatory peculiarities also create exchange risks. Conversion of RMB into<br />

foreign currency for import payments are allowed not earlier than three months before<br />

payment. <strong>The</strong> importing company is exposed to a depreciating RMB from the point in time<br />

when the purchase was decided until three months before payment. A FIE selling on the<br />

domestic market is therefore exposed to the risk of a RMB depreciation in the period between<br />

the closing of the deal and payment, although the RMB is officially a fixed exchange rate.<br />

Since the crisis in Asia has seriously touched Japan and other competitor countries in Asia,<br />

the Chinese government could be forced to devalue the RMB in the next year. 71 <strong>The</strong> main task<br />

69<br />

See for more information Fan, 1994, pp. 208.<br />

70<br />

de Waal, 1998, p. 19.<br />

71<br />

See Madura, 1993, p. 136-140 and Fan, 1994, pp. 207.<br />

49


of the currency management is to predict, prevent or hedge these currency risks as good as<br />

possible, which is of essential importance especially for operating in emerging markets. 72 <strong>The</strong><br />

most obvious way to hedge a long RMB exposure is to borrow in RMB. Some companies are<br />

borrowing even though they do not currently need RMB. Non-deliverable forwards are<br />

another way to hedge RMB exposures. This market is completely outside <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> market<br />

for these instruments are still underdeveloped. On top of that, there are significant internal<br />

accounting issues that will need to be resolved for most companies that use de rivative<br />

instruments to hedge their actual exposure in <strong>China</strong>. However, currency management is an<br />

issue with highest priority for foreign investors, because devaluation would fundamentally<br />

alter a joint venture’s future profitability.<br />

2.3.4 Conclusions<br />

<strong>China</strong> will continue to be an exciting market. Changes in <strong>China</strong> and the region will be<br />

challenging and perhaps frustrating. <strong>China</strong>’s economy faces a host of problems as it changes<br />

from being a centrally planned colossus into a decentralised market driven net of indepe ndent<br />

entities. <strong>The</strong> political unwillingness to seriously reform the loss making SOE sector is perhaps<br />

the single most serious obstacle to a balanced economic growth in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> inefficiency of<br />

the SOE sector has arrested the development of the financial sector primarily via the former<br />

specialised banks. <strong>The</strong>y have been used as vehicles for subsidising SOEs and thereby social<br />

stability. <strong>The</strong> fact that policy lending has burdened the state banks with bad debt to the extent<br />

that they would be rendered ripe for bankruptcy by any Western standards, prevents them<br />

from fully pursuing independence and privatisation. Another obstacle for the state banks is<br />

their history as a part of a central planning administrative organisation as well as the<br />

provincial governments’ power apparatus. <strong>The</strong>y have only recently been subjected to the first<br />

experiments with market conditions and therefore lack basic banking skills, most notably the<br />

ability to carry out credit risk evaluation.<br />

This paper has shed some light on the structure and system of the Chinese financial system in<br />

general and of business finance in particular. <strong>The</strong> recent changes in banking and capital<br />

markets policies provide both opportunities and obstacles for PRC investors. Credit and <strong>China</strong><br />

risk limits have tightened, but recent political developments and increasing M&A<br />

opportunities give grounds for investor optimism. However due to the early stage of financial<br />

reforms in <strong>China</strong>, the study has had to leave questions open. Future research on the banking<br />

72 See Pausenberger/Glaum, 1993, p. 764-767.<br />

50


usiness in <strong>China</strong> and related issues is desirable in order to gain better insights into the<br />

complexities of financing opportunities. It is essential to keep in mind that Beijing is not<br />

implementing financial reform measures in a sealed greenhouse but in a tough and<br />

contradictory environment, where banks require better asset management while the economy<br />

requires sustainable liquidity. Whether all these steps taken together will transform the<br />

mainland’s financial sector and allow the country’s large banks to retreat from the precipice<br />

remains to be seen. <strong>The</strong>re are, however, few alternatives.<br />

Financially sound joint ventures that understand their risks and cash flow profiles will have a<br />

distinct advantage. Given these exciting and volatile times, direct investors in <strong>China</strong> should<br />

consider their financial structuring as a most important issue. In establishing a finance plan for<br />

a venture, one must remember that for all FIEs there are requirements which dictate that<br />

registered capital must be invested by a certain date pursuant to the contract and Chinese law.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are numerous restrictions in a system with foreign currency controls and general<br />

controls on foreign investment. In order to ensure the highest return on investment, one must<br />

first consider the nature of the project invested in. <strong>The</strong>re are, for example, two ways to borrow<br />

capital from abroad and yet have it count as one’s investment in a Chinese enterprise, freeing<br />

up capital for other uses. <strong>The</strong> equity-to-debt-ratio, the portion of every partner’s investment,<br />

the sources of equity and debt financing, the currency and maturity of loans, the relationship<br />

with Chinese and foreign banks, the own capabilities of currency management, are all factors<br />

which highly influence success and failure of ventures in <strong>China</strong>. Clearly, the lower the<br />

amount of money foreign investors put into a FIE, and the larger the share of capital they can<br />

obtain, the greater their return in proportion to their investment. Any foreign investor wishing<br />

to put together a finance plan for investment in a venture in <strong>China</strong>, should be prepared to be<br />

familiar with a large range of financing vehicles, as various restrictions of the Chinese<br />

government make it difficult, sometimes impossible, to use certain types of financing for<br />

specific projects. This aside, the realities of doing business in <strong>China</strong> necessitate that some<br />

methods of financing will be more preferable than others. A comprehensive financing strategy<br />

is the key component of a healthy PRC investment.<br />

Over the past year since Cinderella’s study was written, the Chinese government has<br />

continued with the banking and financial reforms. Drastic reorganisation of the banking<br />

51


institutions and control systems have occurred to create greater transparency, such as to<br />

remove the ability of local officials to influence banking decisions. Action was also taken to<br />

dissolve loss-making SOEs. One major on-going reform is the removal of the military links<br />

with business, thus increasing the privatisation of business while professionalising the<br />

military.. <strong>The</strong>se are far reaching changes which demonstrated the Chinese government’s<br />

resolve to build a modern and efficient market economy.<br />

Looking at the tremendous changes in the banking and financial sector, Paul realised also the<br />

many faceted dimensions of Chinese economy and policy. Clearly, given <strong>China</strong>’s communist<br />

government and the immensity and complexity of the country, <strong>China</strong> has made tremendous<br />

strides forward in the making of a market economy. <strong>The</strong> pace of change has been sure and<br />

rapid. In such a situation of rapid change, everything would seem to be in a flux, with the<br />

exception of genuine human relationships and understanding. This is probably the key to<br />

success for the <strong>China</strong> venture. Is this not also Mr. Zheng’s key to success in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

52


3. Pre-Entry Strategic Considerations to Maximise Business<br />

Potential<br />

Understanding the operating environment for foreign businesses in <strong>China</strong> is only a first step to<br />

strategic formulation. Understanding oneself or one’s own business in terms of its strengths<br />

and weaknesses provides an important basis for strategic formulation. Paul remembered<br />

vaguely the old Chinese proverb: “Know yourself, know your enemies. A hundred battles<br />

fought. A hundred won.” A critical consideration before entering a new business arena, in this<br />

case, ventur ing into <strong>China</strong>, is therefore to know one’s own business in terms of its strengths<br />

and weaknesses and in relation to existing and potential players in <strong>China</strong>. Paul started to read<br />

about the “Need for business self-examination” ...<br />

Klaus Kukovetz, a doctoral student working in <strong>China</strong> wrote:<br />

3.1 Pre-Entry Considerations: Need for Business Self-examination (by Klaus<br />

Kukovetz)<br />

A lot of publications and business guides are available which explain the does and don'ts of<br />

market entrance into <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>se are valuable tools to avoid the most common and pitfalls of<br />

such an endeavour. Many of them, however, neglect the very first stage of market entry:<br />

business self-examination. Even in a simple and well known business environment, the<br />

product-to-market and company-to-market fit is a precondition for success. This is even more<br />

true for a complex and alien environment like <strong>China</strong>. Even if the market is found to be very<br />

attractive and relatively risk-free, and even if a strong demand for the company's products can<br />

be assumed, market entry is not self evident. <strong>The</strong> company must be fit for market entry as<br />

well. For an SME such fitness should not be taken for granted prematurely, but should be<br />

assessed with great diligence. Any company's strategy move a into new territory will<br />

necessarily consume a substantial amount of resources. For SMEs which generally do not<br />

have sufficient personnel and management resources. This would not be an easy problem to<br />

solve.<br />

Before a company ventures into a new market, it must determine it’s own strengths and<br />

weaknesses as well as the opportunities (and threats) offered in the new environment. In the<br />

first case, the general readiness to enter the Chinese market was found to be lacking even<br />

though there is a good fit in the relevance of its product in the Chinese market. In the second<br />

case, a thorough analysis of a company’s strengths and weaknesses in relation to the<br />

opportunities and threats in the new environment has enabled the company to develop a sound<br />

53


entry strategy into the <strong>China</strong> market. Venturing successfully abroad requires preparatory<br />

measures to ensure the general fitness and compatibility of a company in relation to its<br />

partners and markets in the new environment.<br />

3.1.1 General Readiness to <strong>Venture</strong> Abroad<br />

As a first step the company should ask whether it is ready to enter the Chinese market. It has<br />

to investigate, for instance whether it has enough free management and capital resources. <strong>The</strong><br />

management time needed for a new market entry is almost more than what one expect. Due to<br />

the novelty of the venture, employees working on the market entry project will need a<br />

disproportional amount of top-level guidance and advice. Top management itself will need to<br />

travel to <strong>China</strong> to establish valuable business contacts. <strong>The</strong>se business contacts will then<br />

demand attention and time to be kept alive. It is therefore recommended that there should be<br />

one member of the top management team who is strongly dedicated to the market entry<br />

project and who is prepared to invest a substantial amount of his or her time for the project. In<br />

SMEs this high level manager with free time resources often does not exist. Such a company<br />

will therefore have to work first on internal processes to create such a capacity it will be ready<br />

to proceed to a next step.<br />

Monetary resources are important. Even if planning is done very rigorously, money invested<br />

in a high-risk emerging market like <strong>China</strong> should not be crucial to the survival of the<br />

company. <strong>The</strong>re will be ways to keep investment down to a minimum level - market entry<br />

into <strong>China</strong> does not necessarily have to be expensive - but it is very difficult to reduce risk.<br />

No amount of planning will be sufficient to account for the complexity and rapid pace of<br />

development of the market. For this reason, the company needs to be prepared to write -off its<br />

investments in the worst case scenario (see paper 8 for two examples).<br />

3.1.2 Specific Fit with the New Environment: Products and/or Partners<br />

<strong>The</strong> company's products must fit with the market conditions in <strong>China</strong>. Here, it must be<br />

assessed whether the company offers an attractive product mix for the Chinese market. <strong>The</strong><br />

level of investigation should be relatively deep as special features or mismatches might easily<br />

be overlooked. At this stage, the company will try to evaluate whether its most promising<br />

product or product category has chances to succeed in <strong>China</strong> as it is, or whether some special<br />

modification will be necessary. <strong>The</strong> degree of localisation needed may vary greatly between<br />

simple adaptations in the packaging process on the one hand, and the development of<br />

completely new features on the other hand.<br />

54


While the testing for the general readiness of a company to venture abroad may be done<br />

internally, testing for the specific product-market fit will require a lot of market information,<br />

which may have to be acquired from external sources.<br />

3.1.3 Practical Illustrations<br />

3.1.3.1 Case Study 1: A Swiss labelling and labelling systems company (LLSC)<br />

LLSC is a family owned business with subsidiary companies in Germany, France, England<br />

and the United States. According to turnover and number of employees, it is clearly an SME.<br />

Nevertheless, LLSC is one of the world's leading companies in its market segment.<br />

Around three quarters of LLSC's products are self-adhesive labels, with labelling system<br />

machines taking up the rest. <strong>The</strong> company is renown for its quality, as well as fast and reliable<br />

after sales service. A particular strength of the company is a sophisticated network, which,<br />

however, is operational mainly in the company's Swiss home market. <strong>The</strong> company's largest<br />

clients are the world's leading consumer products firms which use LLSC's products for<br />

normal labelling purposes, on-product marketing, and related purposes.<br />

By the end of the 1990s, LLSC's geographical reach had spread from Switzerland, to<br />

neighbouring European countries and then to the large market of the United States. However,<br />

until 1997, the company's experience in the Asian markets remained very limited. <strong>The</strong>re was<br />

no clear strategy for the region, even though interest in <strong>China</strong>'s large market kept growing.<br />

This interest was generated mainly by the top management's contacts with friends and<br />

associates, who were doing business with <strong>China</strong>. Every now and then, an initiative was started<br />

to generate more information but these efforts never resulted in a long lasting project.<br />

In late 1997, the company asked a team of student researchers 73 from the University of St.<br />

Gallen, to help assess the company-to-market fit of LLSC and <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> results of this<br />

investigation are reported here. As the company asked to investigate the market potential, the<br />

specific fit analysis was carried out and is presented here.<br />

Specific Fit<br />

To assess the specific fit of the company's products to the Chinese market, a market study was<br />

conducted among the company's leading customers, as well as industry experts abroad and<br />

73 <strong>The</strong> author was leader of the team, which comprised the following fellow researchers: Guo Zhaoui,<br />

Kölsch Manfred, Zambon Antonia, Zeng Lingyan.<br />

55


from within <strong>China</strong> to assess local market conditions. It was in particularly necessary to find<br />

out which level of sophistication the Chinese labelling market had reached, which trend could<br />

be expected in future, how the company's European clients met their labelling needs in Asia,<br />

and whether they were satisfied by the product variety and quality currently existing in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong> result of this investigation was the finding that LLSC's target market, sophisticated self-<br />

adhesive labelling syste ms, was growing quickly, albeit from a relatively small basis. <strong>The</strong><br />

majority of labels used in <strong>China</strong> were still based on older techniques.<br />

<strong>The</strong> competitive environment was of particular interest for the company. <strong>The</strong>re were clear<br />

indications that international competitors had started to enter the self -adhesive labelling<br />

market recently. Judging from the development of European and US markets, as well as from<br />

the interest of the company's - mainly Japanese - competitors, the market potentials seemed<br />

very promising.<br />

General Readiness<br />

Taken alone, the findings of the specific fit investigation would have suggested to pursue the<br />

goal of market entry into <strong>China</strong> vigorously. This conclusion was not drawn however, as a<br />

general readiness analysis lead to different recommendations.<br />

LLSC is a relatively conservative company with firm control and leadership methods, which<br />

were well proven in Switzerland's stable environment. It does not boost large reserves in<br />

capital and management resources. Knowledge of foreign markets, especially the Chinese<br />

one, is also very rudimentary.<br />

This background led the company to pursue a prudent expansion strategy in Europe and the<br />

US. Each of its subsidiaries was founded in co-operation with a local entrepreneur who<br />

contributed local market familiarity and a significant share of capital to LLSC's mainly<br />

technical know -how.<br />

A similar strategy of co-operation with sophisticated local entrepreneurs was not found<br />

feasible for <strong>China</strong>. Most co-operation strategies in <strong>China</strong> between foreign and Chinese<br />

businesses are joint ventures between the foreign firm and usually a state owned or state<br />

affiliated company or organisation. While these organisations or companies may contribute a<br />

lot of market knowledge, experience of other foreign companies in the Chinese market has<br />

shown that operating a joint venture successfully demands a lot of skills from the foreign<br />

party. In particular, the generation of a sound understanding of the Chinese market and the<br />

Chinese way of business must not be neglected. While local partners generally offer a variety<br />

56


of relevant contacts to suppliers and customers, their technical and management skills are<br />

much more limited than those of LLSC's typical western co-operation partners.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, it was concluded that LLSC did not have the relevant skills to pursue market entry<br />

speedily in <strong>China</strong>. This was true especially as <strong>China</strong> would have been the company's first<br />

major venture into an Asian market.<br />

It was therefore recommended that LLSC should follow a more moderate approach, acquiring<br />

relevant market knowledge, as well as know -how of joint venture management with Chinese<br />

characteristics. At the same time the company was advised to step up its marketing efforts in<br />

<strong>China</strong> through agents or similar distribution channels to gain first hand market experience<br />

without any significant investment in the region.<br />

This preparation phase would also allow some time for the top management to familiarise<br />

itself with the different market conditions and requirements it would meet in the Chinese<br />

market. With a sufficient preparation phase, management capacity can be built up, and<br />

financing secured.<br />

All planning steps should be pursued with the background knowledge that the specific fit<br />

investigation showed that <strong>China</strong> was a promising market. As soon as the company's general<br />

readiness is assured, market entry will be very promising for LLSC.<br />

3.1.3.2 Case Study 2: Swiss printing systems company (SPSC)<br />

SPSC is a SME with nearly 500 employees and a turnover of some 150m CHF. It has 2<br />

production facilities and 9 subs idiaries world wide. It focuses on labelling printing machines,<br />

which it partly produces itself and partly trades. One of its strengths is a sophisticated service<br />

system which assures reliable and fast after sales service.<br />

Until the 1980s SPSC was a local company, selling to an international market through<br />

independent agents. This strategy was modified in 1982 with the founding of a subsidiary in<br />

the United States, to which more subsidiaries were added throughout the early 1990s.<br />

In 1994, the company realised, that it has to grow quickly to become a global player in its<br />

market niche. For this reason it re-examined its business, resulting in a reformulation of its<br />

strategy. <strong>The</strong> company's leadership believed that quick and profitable growth was necessary<br />

to survive in an increasingly global and increasingly competitive market environment.<br />

57


General readiness<br />

<strong>The</strong> first step of SPSC's two-fold analysis and self-examination process was to investigate the<br />

company's strengths and weaknesses in face of the new strategic goal. <strong>The</strong> results of such a<br />

SWOT (strengths - weaknesses; opportunities - threats) analysis are shown in TABLE 2-1:<br />

STRENGTHS<br />

• High quality<br />

• Well known products in niche markets<br />

• Strong production skills<br />

• Reputation for excellent service<br />

• Flexibility in business processes<br />

OPPORTUNITIES<br />

• spreading of risk and becoming global<br />

player<br />

• realisation of cost advantages<br />

• realising market potentials<br />

WEAKNESSES<br />

• weak negotiating position<br />

• limited financing resources<br />

• limited personnel, especially management<br />

resources<br />

• little internal information about target<br />

countries and markets<br />

THREATS<br />

• investments of significant magnitude<br />

• market risks difficult to evaluated<br />

• political and various other risks<br />

• potentially too high quality standards for<br />

target market<br />

TABLE 3-1: SWOT analysis for SPSC in respect to market entry in Asia<br />

In the first phase of the analysis process, SPSC therefore realised that its organisation was not<br />

prepared for the typical direct investment market entry method of many large multinational<br />

companies (MNCs). While MNCs have relatively easy access to capital markets and do not<br />

encounter difficulties in hiring able job applicants, smaller companies like SPSC are<br />

disadvantaged in both areas. <strong>The</strong> opportunities, on the other hand, especially the perceived<br />

necessity of becoming a global player, convinced the management to continue pursuing its<br />

goals, albeit with the results of the business self -examination in mind.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company's management reasoned that it needed a tailor-made market entry strategy to<br />

overcome its company specific limitations and to reduce the threats involved in large scale<br />

market entry. <strong>The</strong> result of this analysis process was a strategy of opening up only one wholly<br />

ow ned subsidiary in Southeast- and East Asia and to co-operate in the other countries closely<br />

with locally well-connected partner companies on a contractual basis. <strong>The</strong> plan was to find<br />

58


partner companies with free servicing resources and to support these regional partners through<br />

the core subsidiary company. This strategy would allow a rapid growth in the target region<br />

through relatively uncomplicated partnership agreements while limiting SPSC's own risk<br />

exposure.<br />

Specific fit<br />

After the important first step of investigation was completed, SPSC had to do a more detailed<br />

specific fit analysis.<br />

In its particular case, it was more important to investigate the fit of partner company to SPSC,<br />

rather than the fit of a world-standard product to local necessities. For this reason, project<br />

groups were formed which investigated each potential partner in detail. To achieve reliable<br />

results in a short time, external experts were consulted, who added detailed market knowledge<br />

and a network of local contacts to the project teams.<br />

This specific fit analysis generated not only a list of promising co-operation partners, but also<br />

a good understanding about local markets and the competitive environment. Potential success<br />

factors were also side products of this investigation, as well as a list of likely future clients.<br />

Through this two fold pre -entry business self-examination, SPSC therefore created a highly<br />

successful strategy, that prepared the company in an optimal way for a more global business<br />

environment. In particular, it managed to achieve the following tasks:<br />

Transfer of strengths<br />

<strong>The</strong> own strength of superior customer service could be transferred to the target region by a<br />

carefully selected number of local partner companies.<br />

Through signing partnership agreements with 15 companies in as many countries in only a<br />

few months, economies of scale could be achieved rapidly without an overly usage of capital<br />

and personnel resources.<br />

Reduction of weaknesses<br />

As a result of the new strategy, SPSC's multinational client face an equally multinational<br />

supplier. Additionally, the utilisation of company resources could be kept to a minimum.<br />

Finally, an innovative company with global visions has now a much better chance to attract<br />

highly qualified job applicants.<br />

59


Realising opportunities<br />

Participation in growing markets is realised within an organisational structure that is flexible<br />

enough to allow more aggressive growth if needed, through the finding of more wholly owned<br />

subsidiaries. On the other hand - especially in the view of the recent Asia crisis - the flexible<br />

organisational structure keeps risks at a minimum by having only very few own resources tied<br />

up in the region.<br />

Avoiding of threats<br />

Capital invested in foreign countries is kept minimal. Through the network of local contacts in<br />

connection with a wholly owned subsidiary, gathering of relevant information has become<br />

much more easy. Lastly, overall business risk is being reduced by spreading the activities over<br />

a large variety of markets.<br />

<strong>The</strong> example of SPSC shows how a detailed business self-examination can help to find a very<br />

attractive market entry strategy. By carefully relating the organisation's strengths and<br />

weaknesses to the market entry's opportunities and threats, the company could design a truly<br />

tailor-made and innovative ma rket entry strategy. Analysing the target market alone would<br />

not have been enough. Only the connection with the unique characteristics of the own<br />

company helps to avoid mistakes in the very important early phases of strategic planning for<br />

market entry.<br />

After long months or even years of planning, many - often fruitless - negotiation rounds, and<br />

finally the work intensive phase of building up or revamping Chinese production facilities,<br />

many companies are inclined to lean back and turn their attention to new projects. In a<br />

business environment that is both relatively new and alien to a European SME, as well as<br />

rapidly changing and evolving, such an approach might well be very destructive. A<br />

continuous process of re-evaluation and subsequent re-positioning is necessary in many<br />

projects and often crucial in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

As Paul started to reflect on his <strong>China</strong> business, he began to appreciate the extensiveness of<br />

Mr. Zheng’s preparatory work in the positioning of his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> and in the choice of<br />

partners in <strong>China</strong>. He can see the complimentary nature of his former business partners in<br />

<strong>China</strong> which Mr. Zheng had chosen to work with. Indeed, his business partners have clear<br />

60


strengths which his own company lacks, particularly in relation to the operating environment<br />

and personnel in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> next paper entitled “Maximising potential through strategy fit<br />

with potential partners” started to make sense even before Paul started to read it. <strong>The</strong> more he<br />

reads, the more he seems to appreciate the wisdom of Mr. Zheng in his choice of business<br />

collaborators as well as his understanding of <strong>China</strong> and doing business there.<br />

Rainer Kirchhofer, a senior Swiss banker and Stephan Lechner, a practising engineer who<br />

both chose to further their management studies at the HSG (NDU programme), wrote:<br />

3.2 Maximising Potential Through Strategic Fit with Potential Partners (by<br />

Rainer G. Kirchhofer and Stephan Lechner)<br />

Going from Switzerland to the PRC, one encounters not only a different culture and language,<br />

but also a completely different economic system. In many aspects, e.g. infrastructure and<br />

similar facilities, <strong>China</strong> progresses at a slow pace. Yet in other aspects, such as its dynamic<br />

economic growth and its capability to plan and guide this huge empire, <strong>China</strong> is far ahead of<br />

developing countries. <strong>China</strong>’s diversity from the Yangtze Delta Zone, its vast agricultural<br />

hinterland, and its new Chinese metropolis Hong Kong, as well as its size and long<br />

independent development over thousands of years make <strong>China</strong> in every respect a special case.<br />

This can be seen particularly in its economic development and reform movement. In an<br />

atmosphere reminiscent of the "Klondike Gold Rush“, the streets of Shanghai <strong>China</strong> are filled<br />

with handily equipped foreign business people struggling to learn how to make a profit in a<br />

challenging but at the same time, frustrating, economic environment. 74<br />

3.2.1 Issues and Scope of this Paper<br />

Having had the opportunity to visit the Shanghai area, the authors of this text realised how<br />

difficult it is to do business in <strong>China</strong>. This was seen by visiting some Joint <strong>Venture</strong> (JV)<br />

companies as well as by experiencing first-hand the rapidly growing economy. This study will<br />

focus on Swiss small and medium sized enterprises (SME's) entering the attractive Shanghai<br />

market (see Special Economic Zones (SEZ)). Whether the market entrance is independent or<br />

financially supported by other Swiss institutions or branches within <strong>China</strong>, the following<br />

points will be taken into consideration:<br />

74 <strong>The</strong> trade volume between <strong>China</strong> and Switzerland reached over one billion Swiss Francs in imports<br />

and approx. 840 million Swiss Francs in exports in 1996 (Source: Bulletin of Swiss-Chinese Chamber<br />

of Commerce 01/1997).<br />

61


• What are the roles of and the reasons for the Chinese government’s creating special<br />

economic or free trade zones?<br />

• Where are risks, opportunities, barriers, hurdles, regulations, and laws relating to foreign<br />

investors?<br />

• What kind of support does the Swiss Government provide?<br />

• What role do foreign banks play in supporting SME's entering the Chinese market?<br />

• What are the reasons for Swiss SME's to engage themselves in the Chinese market?<br />

• What are the strategic factors for SME's to be successful in Chinese business?<br />

• What are the requirements for SME's before they even should plan to invest in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

• What are the strategies most likely to prove success for setting up business in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

3.2.2 Changes in <strong>China</strong>’s Attitude towards Investors<br />

3.2.2.1 <strong>The</strong> Chinese Government<br />

<strong>The</strong> 15 th <strong>China</strong> Communist Party Congress, which took place in September 1997, was the first<br />

congress in 20 years without the physical presence of Deng Xiaoping. Yet the congress was<br />

still under the influence of the "great banner of the Deng-<strong>The</strong>ory“ to lead and forge the<br />

extensive development of ‘<strong>China</strong> socialism’ into the 21 st century. <strong>The</strong> start of the largest<br />

Government reform in the history of the People’s Republic resulted from this congress and<br />

will be published by the spring of 1998 after its ratification of the National People’s<br />

Congress. 75<br />

Mainland <strong>China</strong> is ruled by a Communist Politburo that consists of retired powerful leaders.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se leaders must answer to this Politburo and are required to implement party policies. <strong>The</strong><br />

primary legislators of state power are the State Council or Cabinet and the National People’s<br />

Congress (NPC). Members of the State Council include a premier or Prime Minister, several<br />

vice-premiers, nine state councillors, and the heads of various ministries, commissions, and<br />

agencies attached to the State Council.<br />

75 Neue Zürcher Zeitung, 13.9.97.<br />

62


Central Committee<br />

of the Communist Party<br />

National People's Congress<br />

Consultative Congress<br />

of the Chinese People<br />

President and Vice President State Council Supreme Prosecutor Supreme Court<br />

State Commissions Ministries<br />

State Administrations<br />

and Bureaus<br />

Institutions<br />

e.g. for e.g. for e.g. for - Chinese Academy<br />

of Science<br />

- State Planning - Foreign Trade and - Customs - Chinese Academy<br />

- Industry and Commerce Economic Cooperation - Industry and Commerce of Social Sciences<br />

- Science and Technology - Finance - Taxation - Centre for Research<br />

- Science and Technology - Justice - Environment and Development<br />

for defense - Energy, Water and Railways - Press and Publications - Xinghua Press Agency<br />

- Post and Telecommunication - Statistics<br />

- Radio, Film and Television - Technology Transfer<br />

- specific industry branches<br />

- Agriculture<br />

- People's Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />

- State Security<br />

- National Defense<br />

Administrations and Bureaus of the<br />

Commissions and Ministries<br />

- State Administration of Exchange Control<br />

- State Administration for Import and Export of Raw Material<br />

- State Expert Bureau<br />

- State Bureau for Nuclear Security<br />

- State Bureau for Copyright<br />

- State Bureau for Patents<br />

FIGURE 3-1: Organisation of the Government of the People's Republic of <strong>China</strong> 76<br />

Under the Chinese constitution, the NPC is theoretically the state’s highest governing body.<br />

Members are elected by secret ballot for a five-year term by provincial-level People’s<br />

congresses. <strong>The</strong>y meet annually for about two weeks to review major new policy initiatives<br />

presented by the State Council after they have been endorsed by the Communist Party’s<br />

Central Committee. Although the NPC generally approves these initiatives, the NPC<br />

committees debate in closed sessions, and changes may be made to accommodate alternative<br />

views. 77<br />

Overall, <strong>China</strong> finds itself in a difficult transition phase between market and plan. <strong>The</strong> longing<br />

for wealth is one of the main motivations for the actual dynamism of economic development.<br />

However, there is still tendency for a family and clan economy, which supports small and<br />

work intensive enterprise entities and not large and progressive investments in high tech fields<br />

or such areas of businesses. <strong>China</strong> would like to be more than a cheap salary country and an<br />

"outsourced“ work-table for foreign investors. Instead of low tech fields, modern future<br />

76 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch u nd Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 30.<br />

63


technologies and great amounts of capital should be brought into the country. Europe and the<br />

USA are more than welcome to enter the new modern model of the Chinese economy. Yet<br />

success is far from guaranteed. Deng’s reforms liberated millions to earn a decent living and<br />

some to become wealthy. Farmers in the countryside can still only profit from the land but<br />

may not own it outright. People in <strong>China</strong>’s richer coastal provinces look to foreign markets<br />

and investments, rather than to Mr. Jiang’s Beijing. "Today <strong>China</strong>’s state-owned enterprises<br />

still account for around two-fifths of industrial output and soak up four-fifths of investment,<br />

blocking opportunities for more productive companies to create wealth and jobs. In many<br />

ways <strong>China</strong> remains a collectivist nightmare. Nine out of ten Communists at party<br />

headquarters tell you it must stay that way.“ 78<br />

3.2.2.2 Creation of Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Free Trade Zones (FTZ),<br />

and High Technology Development Zones<br />

Special Economic Zones (SEZ)<br />

Deng Xiaoping’s idea that some regions should get preferential treatment and become rich<br />

sooner than others was essential. Between 1979 and 1980, in order to attract foreign<br />

investments, the Chinese Government entitled the Guangdong and Fujian provinces to special<br />

preferential policies and flexibility in their economic activities. On a "trial basis“ five special<br />

economic zones were opened (Shenzhen, Zhuhai, Xiamen, Shantou, and Hainan Island). 79 In<br />

May 1984, <strong>China</strong> opened 14 coastal cities including Shanghai. In the 1990s, the Shanghai<br />

Pudong New Area was opened. <strong>The</strong> opening of all these areas has had a great impact on<br />

inland <strong>China</strong> and the border areas.<br />

So far <strong>China</strong> has established special economic zones, economic and technological<br />

development zones, coastal open cities, coastal open economic regions, riverside open cities,<br />

and tourism and vacation zones. In total, there are ten different types of open regions where<br />

preferential policies are granted for foreign investment. Within these regions, a large number<br />

of infrastructure and service facilities have been established: communications, electric power<br />

supply, telecommunications, water supply, and industrial facilities. All this creates a sound<br />

77<br />

Craighead’s Country Reports, 1996.<br />

78<br />

<strong>The</strong> Economist, 9/97.<br />

79<br />

Ernst and Young, Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, 1994.<br />

64


environment for foreign investment and good living conditions for foreign staff working in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. 80<br />

FIGURE 3-2: Map of <strong>China</strong> 81<br />

<strong>The</strong> run to <strong>China</strong> (possibly due to low growth rates in the industrial countries) favoured the<br />

idea and implementation of special zones. Today approximately 288 special zones are found<br />

within <strong>China</strong>, each having different tax concessions and supportive measures for foreign<br />

investors. Generally, technology and export intensive companies can rely on generous<br />

privileges. Mostly terms and conditions depend on good negotiation skills by the investors.<br />

Suzhou and Wuxi (Province Jiangsu) e.g., two hours from Shanghai by car, are known for<br />

conceding even more privileges in order to attract important foreign investors. 82<br />

Free Trade Zones (FTZ) and High-Technology Development Zones<br />

Free Trade Zones, also known as bonded trade zones, were established primarily to encourage<br />

export processing by allowing the duty-free import of goods and materials. By the end of<br />

1993, there were 13 FTZ's.<br />

<strong>China</strong> has approximately 50 hi-tech industry development zones. <strong>The</strong>se zones were<br />

established to encourage economic and technological development and to attract technology-<br />

intensive and knowledge -intensive enterprises that research, develop, or produce several types<br />

of new technology and related projects, including microelectronics, information technology<br />

and computer software, laser technology, biotechnology, life science and pharmaceuticals,<br />

etc..<br />

80 Wang Yongjun, Investment in <strong>China</strong>, 1997.<br />

81 Source: Internet http://www.emulateme.com/chinamap.htm.<br />

82 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997.<br />

65


3.2.3 Foreign Governments<br />

This paper will focus on Swiss Government practices concerning export risk guarantees and<br />

special funding.<br />

3.2.3.1 Export Risk Insurance<br />

<strong>The</strong> Export Risk Guarantee (ERG) is an instrument to facilitate Swiss exporters entering into<br />

contracts with purchasers in countries where uncertain political or economic conditions could<br />

jeopardise receipt of payment. <strong>The</strong> ERG is based on the Swiss Federal Law of September 26,<br />

1958, the relevant decree of the Swiss Fe deral Council of January 15, 1969 and the order of<br />

the Federal Department of the Economy of March 15, 1985. <strong>The</strong> law and decree have since<br />

undergone a number of amendments to adapt them to the rapidly changing requirements of<br />

today's export promotion.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Export Risk Guarantee is available to companies established and registered in<br />

Switzerland and cover may be obtained for the following:<br />

• exports of consumer and capital goods<br />

• constructions and engineering work and other services<br />

• licensing and know -how agreements<br />

• goods on consignment abroad or on exhibition at trade fairs<br />

(cover against seizure of goods or impossibility of re-exportation)<br />

• bid-bonds, down payment guarantees, and performance guarantees<br />

<strong>The</strong> coverable risks include Political risk, Transfer Risk, Commercial Risk, "Unlimited“<br />

contingent currency risk, Manufacturing risk, and Non-coverable risk.<br />

3.2.3.2 Special Funds for Setting Up Businesses<br />

"<strong>The</strong> Government of Switzerland and <strong>China</strong> signed a ‘memorandum of understanding’ in<br />

October 1996 to launch the ‘Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund’. <strong>The</strong> fund aims at financing and<br />

actively supporting Swiss small and medium sized companies to set-up joint ventures in<br />

<strong>China</strong> faster, in a more efficient way, or in a larger proportion than would be possible without<br />

this new investment promotion initiative. A contribution to sustainable development in the<br />

PRC and improvement of the currently difficult situation of Swiss small and medium sized<br />

enterprises as the basis of the Swiss economy should also be achieved. This fund serves as a<br />

pilot direct investment-program in the PRC and will have a significant impact on the future<br />

66


legal and regulatory environment of direct investment in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Swiss Government has<br />

nominated a subsidiary of the ‘State Development Bank of <strong>China</strong>’ to be eventually appointed<br />

fund manager once mutually agreeable negotiations have been concluded and all necessary<br />

details of the funds structure have been approved by the Swiss Federal Council.“ 83<br />

Swiss JV<br />

Partners<br />

+<br />

Subsidiary of State<br />

Development Bank<br />

Investment Committee<br />

PRC JV<br />

Partners<br />

Investments<br />

Debt: min 50%<br />

Equity: min 67%<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Projects<br />

Sino-Swiss<br />

Partnership Fund<br />

Switzerland (min 51%)<br />

Chinese Government<br />

In-/Divestment Due Diligence / Management Support<br />

Administration Decision Control Authority<br />

In-/Divestments:<br />

Debt: max 50%<br />

Equity: max 33%<br />

Max. CHF 5 Mio./project<br />

Initial injection:<br />

Min. CHF 15 Mio.<br />

Max. CHF 49 Mio.<br />

FIGURE 3-3: Preliminary structure of the "Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund" 84<br />

3.2.4 Environment for Investors<br />

3.2.4.1 Tax Holidays, Customs Liberation, and Other Incentives<br />

To encourage foreign investment, several tax holidays and benefits are granted. To support<br />

special development in certain areas, the Government has granted special status to the SEZ’s,<br />

14 open coastal cities, coastal open economic zones, high-technology development zones, and<br />

other areas. In these regions, special incentives and privileges are accorded to foreign<br />

investors. <strong>The</strong>se include reduced corporate income tax rates, tax holidays, exemption from or<br />

reduction in withholding taxes for profits remitted overseas, exemption from or reduction in<br />

import and export taxes, lower land-use fees and simplified entry and exit procedures. 85<br />

83<br />

Source: Dr. Daniel V. Christen (Consultant of the Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund), Beijing, March 19,<br />

1997.<br />

84<br />

Source: Seminar OSEC in Zurich, March 19, 1997.<br />

85 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />

67


Incentives for Foreign Investors:<br />

In general:<br />

Reduced corporate tax (15 - 24% instead of normally 30%)<br />

No additional income tax (normally 3 - 10% of the corporate tax)<br />

No industry or trade taxes levied on export products<br />

In addition for Sino-foreign production joint ventures:<br />

No corporate tax for the first two years with profits<br />

50% tax reduction for the following 3 respectively 5 years<br />

Additional incentives for the reinvestment of profits for foreign investors:<br />

40% reimbursement of the already paid corporate tax on the reinvested portion of the profit for<br />

minimum 5 following years<br />

100% reimbursement possible in case the reinvestment is used to found a high-tech enterprise for<br />

export purposes only<br />

Customs:<br />

Liberation from customs (and liberation from industry and commerce tax) for the import of raw<br />

materials as well as manufacturing equipment for joint ventures (this regulation was cancelled for<br />

the coastal regions per April 1 st 1996)<br />

Other incentives:<br />

Cheap rents for land use<br />

Good access to public infrastructure<br />

Flexible Government administration<br />

TABLE 3-2: Incentives for foreign investors 86<br />

3.2.4.2 Loans and Guarantees by the State<br />

Currently, financing for foreign-investment projects in <strong>China</strong> is generally provided partially<br />

by foreign investors and partially through borrowing from overseas banks with suitable<br />

guarantees provided by the Chinese parties. Such external debt is monitored by the State<br />

Administration of Exchange (SAEC). <strong>The</strong> Bank of <strong>China</strong> may provide several types of loans<br />

to foreign-investment enterprises, including fixed asset loans, working capital loans, and loans<br />

secured with cash deposits. Foreign companies may also apply for RMB loans to be secured<br />

by their own foreign-exchange reserves, including foreign exchange borrowed from abroad.<br />

To control the loan guarantee activities of Chinese entities, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and<br />

Economic Co-operation (MOFTEC) has produced a list of Chinese and foreign entities that<br />

are authorised to make financial guarantees to PRC investment projects. <strong>The</strong> Government has<br />

co-operative relationships with the World Bank and is a member of the Asia Development<br />

Bank. In addition, <strong>China</strong> has been granted low -interest loans by many state-owned banks of<br />

different countries, and these loans may be used to finance investment projects in <strong>China</strong>. 87<br />

86 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 60.<br />

87 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />

68


3.2.4.3 Legal Framework for Foreign Investment<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s various types of law and accounting firms are extremely important and indispensable<br />

to foreign investment since a foreign business’s investment in a Chinese enterprise is<br />

governed by Chinese law, as are investment and operational activities. <strong>The</strong> state council<br />

initiates and oversees the legislative process, with the assistance and input of the appropriate<br />

Government departments, organisations, and other relevant institutions. Laws subsequently<br />

are voted on by the NPC or its standing committee.<br />

Since the beginning of Deng’s open door policy, <strong>China</strong> has begun to develop a legal<br />

framework to benefit investors and to facilitate foreign investment. Much of the enacted<br />

legislation is broadly written, and <strong>China</strong> is gradually filling in the details. <strong>The</strong> Chinese<br />

economy is developing more rapidly than its legal system. In addition, Chinese law is often<br />

inaccessible since some laws are published only in Chinese, and many internal regulations are<br />

not published at all. 88<br />

Since the fostering of foreign investment today is one of the ultimate goals, <strong>China</strong> places great<br />

importance on establishing, also in respect of law, a calculable environment for foreign<br />

capital. As long as <strong>China</strong> wants to maintain its image as a magnet for world -wide investment<br />

streams into its country, there will be some degree of dependability. This could mean, as<br />

Spinoza said, "Everyone has as much right as he has power“.<br />

Due to the relatively underdeveloped legal system, detailed written contracts are crucial in<br />

order to forestall misunderstandings and to fill existing gaps. Concerning accounting, for all<br />

foreign companies (including WFOE’s) accounting rules and re gulations have to be followed<br />

according to Chinese rules and in the Chinese language. Legal basis is the Accounting<br />

Regulations Application to Sino-Foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s of the years 1985/1992<br />

respectively to Sino-Foreign Investment Enterprises of July 1992. 89<br />

3.2.4.4 Legal Provisions Concerning Land Use<br />

<strong>The</strong> main policies, laws, and regulations concerning land use by FIE’s are the Law of the PRC<br />

on Land Administration and the Law of the PRC on Chinese-Foreign Equity JV. Land-use by<br />

FIE’s means the use of land necessary for the construction, operation, and production of their<br />

projects as well as the development and management of tracts of land by such enterprises. <strong>The</strong><br />

88 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />

89 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.133.<br />

69


characteristics in this regard can be summed up as the use of land with compensation and<br />

within a limited period of time by foreign-invested enterprises and by signing a land use<br />

contract, defining the rights and obligations of both the land user and the land owner.<br />

In <strong>China</strong>, there are different ways for foreign-invested enterprises to obtain state-owned land<br />

use rights. <strong>The</strong> following two ways are most practised:<br />

Granting of State-Owned Land Use Rights<br />

According to the Provisional Regulations on Granting and Transferring of Use Rights of<br />

Urban State-Owned Land of the PRC, the state as the landowner, may, by means of public<br />

bidding, auction, or agreement, extend land use rights for a certain number of years to FIE’s<br />

(maximum 50 years).<br />

FIE’s pay for it a lump-sum fee, sign a contract obtaining the land use rights with the state<br />

land management department, go through registration formalities, and acquire a land use<br />

certificate. Land use rights obtained in this way can be transferred, leased, or mortgaged.<br />

Leasing Buildings and Sites<br />

By this land use method, FIE's may lease buildings or sites directly from state-run enterprises,<br />

urban collective -run enterprises, township enterprises, or other urban collective economic<br />

organisations and pay them either annual or monthly rent as set out in the leasing contract<br />

between them. 90<br />

3.2.4.5 Intellectual Property<br />

<strong>The</strong> Trademark Law is a modern piece of legislation (NPC,1983) drawn from extensive<br />

research carried out by Chinese specialists who worked in foreign countries and as well with<br />

the World Intellectual Property Organization of the United Nations. <strong>The</strong> Trademark Law led<br />

to the following major developments:<br />

• the emergence of the concept of exclusive rights in <strong>China</strong><br />

• the introduction of a voluntary registration system<br />

• clear procedures for trademark application examination and registration<br />

• the linking of trademark rights to quality control<br />

90 Investement in <strong>China</strong>, Wang Yongjun, 1997, pp 147.<br />

70


• <strong>China</strong>’s entry into membership of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Intellectual<br />

Property<br />

<strong>The</strong> patent law was introduced in 1985. To satisfy foreign investor concerns over the<br />

protection of computer software, specific regulations were promulgated by the Government to<br />

protect computer software and to establish a system of registration. As a result of these<br />

important developments, <strong>China</strong>’s system for the protection of intellectual property is<br />

complete. 91<br />

3.2.4.6 Guanxi<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s traditional politic al system was fundamentally a pattern of personal relationships.<br />

Today, personal relationships known as guanxi form an invisible network which often<br />

provides the most efficient way of getting anything done. <strong>The</strong>refore, the extent of one’s own<br />

personal guanxi may determine the legality of what one does. Given the strong increase of<br />

Chinese legislation, it is easy to assume that the written law in itself is the law. Unaware of<br />

the informal systems functioning beyond the statute, a foreigner may find himself working<br />

with only part of the system. <strong>The</strong> obligation to help and support is the crucial factor in<br />

Chinese networks. <strong>The</strong>re are three different degrees of obligation:<br />

• the strongest form of guanxi is caused through birth. For family members it is a natural<br />

duty to support and trust each other. <strong>The</strong> family is the central basis of Chinese society and<br />

the business environment, which is supported by their "Confucian“ values.<br />

• the second form of obligation stems from life experience. <strong>The</strong>se are personal ties formed<br />

prior to a business career. School-, University-, Army-friendships, which build life -long<br />

solidarity towards each other.<br />

• the third and weakest form of obligation is based on personal connections from business.<br />

Since the reform area has started, business associations, such as the "Individual Laborers<br />

Associations“ or "<strong>The</strong> Young Factory Director and Manager Associations“, etc. have been<br />

established in Shanghai in order to build a business network.<br />

Most successful businessmen realise the importance of guanxi, and all of them have their<br />

relationships, but only in their "Western world“ and business environment. <strong>The</strong> above<br />

mentioned first form is inaccessible to foreigners, and the second is very hard to achieve.<br />

91 <strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong>, Lawrence Brahm, Li Daoran, 1996, p.19.<br />

71


Only a so called "ad-hoc guanxi“ or the relationship thr ough informal associations could be a<br />

realistic aim for a foreign investor in order to build up an obligation relationship with Chinese<br />

partners. 92<br />

It is a prejudice in the Western world that Chinese entrepreneurs are regarded as "patriarchal<br />

autocrats" who alone reign over huge and hierarchically structured companies. A<br />

decentralised leadership culture is much more common relying on delegation of responsibility<br />

and trustful connections. This is mostly due to the control of the family network still present<br />

today and widely used by the middle class as a reliably working credit system. 93 In <strong>China</strong>,<br />

with her close knit of family ties, borrowing from family members is very common. Other<br />

sources of financing are "tontines" or "huay", an informal system of banking commonly found<br />

among Chinese. 94<br />

3.2.4.7 Environmental Protection<br />

According to the relevant Chinese laws and regulations, projects with foreign investments that<br />

affect the environment must be in compliance with <strong>China</strong>’s regulations regarding<br />

environmental protection of investment projects, following examination and approval<br />

procedures, to avoid damage to <strong>China</strong>’s environment arising from random construction.<br />

According to the Decision of the State Council on the Focal Points of the Present Industrial<br />

Policies, <strong>China</strong> does the following:<br />

• exercises strict control over imported raw materials, products, technologies, and equipment<br />

that result in serious environmental pollution that is hard to treat, in order to prevent<br />

foreign polluting sources from entering <strong>China</strong><br />

• forbids the introduction of projects that degrade natural resources or human health or<br />

seriously pollute the environment with no effective counteractive measures or emit<br />

pollutants that exceed State standards<br />

• restricts the introduction of projects that may result in serious hard to treat environmental<br />

pollution, such as dismantling and reconditioning of old vehicles or retreating of old tires<br />

92 Students' report on excursion to Shanghai, FIM at Hochschule St. Gallen, 1997.<br />

93 Source: "<strong>The</strong> Chinese Connection" from Swiss periodical "Bilanz", issue 6/1997, p. 94.<br />

94 Sources of business financing and financing practices, Chong Li Choy, 1990.<br />

72


• stipulates that advanced technologies and relevant advanced facilities for environmental<br />

protection shall be concurrently introduced for projects involving pollution problems for<br />

which <strong>China</strong> does not have relevant treatment facilities.<br />

Foreign businesses are encouraged to introduce highly efficient pesticide technologies with<br />

low toxic content and environmental pollution treatment technologies and to establish projects<br />

with advanced technologies such as commodity paper pulp, leather processing, highly<br />

efficient raw chemical drugs and pharmaceutical intermediates. 95<br />

3.2.5 Forms of Foreign Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />

In general, Foreign Investment Enterprises (FIE’s) must contribute to the development of<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s economy. <strong>The</strong> Chinese State planners and MOFTEC describe the following goals<br />

concerning foreign investments: 96<br />

• Import of technology and promotion of technical renovation<br />

• Import of capital and increase foreign-currency income<br />

• Quick returns, greater profitability, and promotion of efficiency<br />

• Improvement of product quality and increase product variety and the international<br />

competitiveness<br />

• Improvement of the Chinese balance of trade through exports to other countries<br />

• Enabling the training of technical and managerial personnel<br />

FIE’s include:<br />

• Sino-foreign equity joint ventures<br />

• co-operative (or contractual) joint ventures<br />

• wholly foreign-owned enterprises<br />

• Chinese holding companies<br />

95 Investement in <strong>China</strong>, Wang Yongjun, 1997, pp. 153.<br />

96 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.133 and<br />

Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 44.<br />

73


3.2.5.1 Sino-foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s are governed by the law on "JV-Using Chinese and Foreign<br />

Investment“ (1979/1990) and by related regulations on such matters as registration, taxation,<br />

labour, accounting, minimum equity requirements, and contributions of registered capital. An<br />

equity JV must be formed as a limited liability company. Parties to the JV may include<br />

Chinese corporations, enterprises or other entities, and one or more foreign companies,<br />

enterprises, or individuals. (Schindler, Switzerland, 4.7.1980, first JV in <strong>China</strong>). 97<br />

Equity investments in JV's may be made in the form of cash, equipment and machinery,<br />

technology and industrial property rights, and other assets. By law, the foreign party must<br />

contribute at least 25% of the total registered capital. In practice, the capital contribution<br />

percentage is normally closer to 50% for each investor. <strong>The</strong> most common contributions from<br />

Chinese partners are land, labour, factory buildings, and raw materials. Partners share profits<br />

and bear risks and losses in proportion to their equity contributions. 98<br />

3.2.5.2 Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV)<br />

In contrast to equity JV's, Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s offer greater flexibility in structuring<br />

an investment. <strong>The</strong> participants may use buildings, equipment, land-use rights, intellectual<br />

property, and other investments without having to express these contributions in monetary<br />

terms. Parties are free to agree on the method or timing of profit distribution. In addition,<br />

arrangements may be made to enable the foreign partner to recover its investments before the<br />

expiration of the JV-investors establish CJV's for projects that have a limited duration and a<br />

specific objective, such as the construction of a building, hotel, or factory. 99<br />

3.2.5.3 Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises (WFOE)<br />

Wholly foreign-owned enterprises are governed by the law on "Sole Foreign Investment<br />

Enterprises“ (1986). Although JV's are the most common form of foreign investment in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, investments in WFOE have increased substantially in recent years as a result of the<br />

relative convenience and simplicity in setting up and operating such enterprises. Like equity<br />

JV's, WFOE's must stress the development of <strong>China</strong>’s economy. In general, a WFOE is<br />

formed as a limited liability company but may be established as another form of entity upon<br />

97 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 43.<br />

98 Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 44.<br />

99 Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 45.<br />

74


Government approval. Foreign investors may remit abroad profits earned from the enterprise<br />

or other legitimate income. 100<br />

After a survey of the "Delegation of German Industry and Commerce (1995)“, a WFOE is<br />

preferred by foreign investors under the following conditions:<br />

• the produced products target a narrowly limited customer base (which the Western<br />

enterprise knows and to which it alone can also provide services without a Chinese partner.<br />

• the head enterprise is deeply rooted in the Western culture and would like to transfer its<br />

corporate culture exactly on a one -to-one basis<br />

• the enterprise produces in the high-tech-area and would like to exercise maximum control<br />

over production processes and products<br />

• the enterprise operates in a surroundings (location) within <strong>China</strong>, in which the legal and<br />

administrative infrastructure is relative advanced, efficient, and reliable (this point makes it<br />

especially clear why so many purely foreign companies are found in the coastal regions).<br />

• it concerns a small and medium sized enterprise<br />

3.2.5.4 Chinese Holding Companies<br />

Chinese authorities finally have approved the formation of Chinese Holding Companies<br />

(CHC) by foreign investors. CHC’s are corporate arrangements under which a foreign<br />

investor forms a wholly owned subsidiary in <strong>China</strong> for the sole purpose of holding investment<br />

interests, including equity joint ventures and WFOE’s. So far no published regulations<br />

concerning the approval of CHC’s exist, and CHC’s are approved on a case -by-case basis by<br />

MOFTEC. <strong>The</strong> minimum capital investment of a CHC must be at least US$ 30 million.<br />

CHC's enjoy a number of tax and other advantages as for e.g. employ local PRC nationals in<br />

its own name without going through authorised employment agencies or act as an agent for<br />

sourcing raw materials a nd for export sales of finished goods from its subsidiaries, etc. 101<br />

100 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 45.<br />

101 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 46 and <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen<br />

Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997.<br />

75


3.2.5.5 Comparison between Investment Vehicles<br />

<strong>The</strong> form of investment chosen is a function of balancing management control with financial<br />

exposure 102 :<br />

Cooperative Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Wholly Foreign-Owned<br />

Enterprise<br />

increased control<br />

Chinese Holding Company<br />

(see text above)<br />

FIGURE 3-4: Management control vs. financial exposure of various investment vehicles<br />

102 <strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong>, Lawrence Brahm, Li Daoran, 1996, p. 17 and <strong>China</strong> -<br />

Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.134.<br />

increased exposure<br />

76


Co-operative Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong><br />

Status Partner structure<br />

May acquire status of<br />

legal entity if<br />

requirements are met and<br />

stated in contract<br />

Liability Individual Liability of<br />

parties may be limited by<br />

parties in their contract<br />

Manage -ment If registered as a legal<br />

entity Board of Directors<br />

must be established at the<br />

outset<br />

If not established as a<br />

legal entity, a joint<br />

management committee<br />

Capital<br />

contribution<br />

should be set up<br />

Law does not provide for<br />

capital contribution ratio<br />

between p arties<br />

Foreign: usually<br />

equipment and technology<br />

Chinese: usually labour,<br />

land and cash<br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Wholly Foreign-owned<br />

Investment Enterprise<br />

Corporate structure<br />

Status of legal entity<br />

Limited liability within<br />

limits of parties’ capital<br />

Board of Directors<br />

Regulate by articles of<br />

association<br />

Joint management and<br />

operation<br />

Specific min. on foreign<br />

party’s contribution:25%<br />

of registered capital<br />

Foreign: usually<br />

equipment and technology<br />

Chinese: usually labour,<br />

land and cash<br />

Set time schedule for<br />

putting up contribution<br />

Corporate structure<br />

Status of legal entity<br />

Liability limited to<br />

registered capital<br />

Board of Directors<br />

Regulated by articles of<br />

association<br />

Autonomy in operation<br />

and management<br />

Solely from foreign<br />

investors<br />

Profits from other JV's in<br />

<strong>China</strong> with permission<br />

from authorities<br />

Restrictions Nil Nil Advanced technology<br />

Export oriented<br />

Profit-sharing According to ratio According to capital No sharing, entirely for<br />

specified in contract contribution ratio the foreign pocket<br />

Termination According to the contract Terms: generally 10-50<br />

years<br />

No perpetual succession<br />

Specific Flexible structure and Most common for JV's Permit only obtainable<br />

features more liberty status than "expected" from Chinese with high-tech production<br />

with EJV's<br />

side<br />

facilities and export of<br />

Suitable for small projects<br />

min. 50% of manufactured<br />

without foreign<br />

involvement in<br />

management<br />

goods<br />

TABLE 3-3: Overview of investment vehicles in <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> following table gives an overview of the development of forms of co-operation in<br />

<strong>China</strong>: 103<br />

103 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 135.<br />

77


Number of Projects<br />

60000<br />

50000<br />

40000<br />

30000<br />

20000<br />

10000<br />

0<br />

Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

Cooperative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprises<br />

1979-<br />

1989<br />

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994<br />

FIGURE 3-5: Development of forms of co-operation in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.6 Strategy Planning<br />

Normally businesses are only oriented to <strong>China</strong> if enterprises are convinced to have suitable<br />

products, technologies or even ideas. One knows the Home and the European markets, basing<br />

thereon successfully proven concepts and strategies and now wants to participate in the huge<br />

economic increase and chances of the Chinese market.<br />

But even the most experienced and successful businessman is confronted here with hurdles<br />

and challenges he has never met. <strong>The</strong> chances of this booming world region lure companies<br />

from everywhere. But here they meet competitors from the Asian region who profit from the<br />

advantage to be located closer to <strong>China</strong> than he is. <strong>The</strong> reason of the difficulties of Western<br />

enterprises lies also on the different culture and the complicated economic system.<br />

"Men who do not think in advance, normally face difficulties“ said Confucius. Every<br />

engagement in <strong>China</strong> therefore should be carefully planned. It needs a profound market<br />

research and a matching check with the own goals and possibilities. This means also a need<br />

for co-ordination amongst product- and productivity-profiles and market demand as well as a<br />

provisional cost/benefit-calculation. Crucial as well are a realistic time horizon and the<br />

preparation of the necessary resources.<br />

78


Reflecting on these points the following checklist helps to find answers to various strategic<br />

questions concerning the <strong>China</strong> engagement:<br />

Subject Questions<br />

Goals Which goals do we want to achieve with our engagement within <strong>China</strong>? Do we expect<br />

higher turnover and returns or do we expect primarily a bigger market share and a<br />

physical presence in this huge and fast growing market?<br />

Time horizon What is our time horizon? Do we consider <strong>China</strong> as a sales market or as a base for<br />

production or even as a base of investment and distribution in the whole of Asia?<br />

Business field,<br />

products and services<br />

Technologies, material<br />

and process<br />

What is suitable for this market respectively which new solutions are needed? Are we<br />

capable (resources, know how) and do we wish to develop new products or innovations<br />

for this market?<br />

Which technologies are appropriate and useful for the sales respectively the production<br />

in <strong>China</strong>? Where is a need for further adapted technologies and research activities or<br />

innovations?<br />

Market Which markets (product markets, regional markets) and which clients (state, private)<br />

do we want to reach and primarily serve? Is there a fit between customer target groups<br />

and/or regional target groups with our organisational concept? W hat is to do to be<br />

Production-place &<br />

infrastructure<br />

better placed (market) and positioned (marketing) in these markets?<br />

Where are suitable production places and facilities? Can we achieve our investment<br />

goals and can we manage logistical problems? Where do we get funding? Can we rely<br />

on State promotion (tax holidays and other incentives)?<br />

Partners & suppliers Who are our partners and suppliers – state or private organisations within <strong>China</strong> or<br />

other partners from other states? Do we have to look for new suppliers or do we have<br />

to focus on other supply industries and clients?<br />

Competitors How strong is the position of our competitors? Do we know their strategies and goals?<br />

Where are they active and why? Whom do they work with? Where do we differ from<br />

our com petitors? Where do we have comparative advantages, where are we on a weak<br />

Human resources &<br />

training<br />

Product ion-place &<br />

infrastructure<br />

position?<br />

Do we have the necessary skilled human resources in our company to be active in<br />

<strong>China</strong> and even expand our activities and engagement? Is there a market for qualified<br />

Swiss/Chinese candidates that we could employ? How should training activities be<br />

organised in order to make us successful? How can we integrate our new enterprise in<br />

<strong>China</strong> in our training concept and personnel planning system?<br />

Where are suitable production places and facilities? Can we achieve our investment<br />

goals and can we manage logistical problems? Where do we get funding? Can we rely<br />

on State promotion (tax holidays and other incentives)?<br />

Partners & suppliers Who are our partners and suppliers – state or private organisations within <strong>China</strong> or<br />

other partners from other states? Do we have to look for new suppliers or do we have<br />

to focus on other supply industries and clients?<br />

Competitors How strong is the position of our competitors? Do we know their strategies and goals?<br />

Where are they active and why? Whom do they work with? Where do we differ from<br />

our competitors? Where do we have comparative advantages, where are we on a weak<br />

Human resources &<br />

training<br />

position?<br />

Do we have the necessary skilled human resources in our company to be active in<br />

<strong>China</strong> and even expand our activities and engagement? Is there a market for qualified<br />

Swiss/Chinese candidates that we could employ? How should training activities be<br />

organised in order to make us successful? How can we integrate our new enterprise in<br />

<strong>China</strong> in our training concept and personnel planning system?<br />

TABLE 3-4: Strategic questions for SME's planning to invest in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.7 Risk Analysis<br />

Risks from business engagement in <strong>China</strong> may be minimised by thorough preparation not<br />

only in the economic but also in the cultural sector as the peculiarities of <strong>China</strong> significantly<br />

79


influence all activities. A deeper understanding of economic and social connections is<br />

virtually impossible without having at least a basic knowledge of the Chinese language, way<br />

of thinking, and culture.<br />

Only a dedicated preparation well in advance helps to avoid the most common errors when<br />

setting up business in <strong>China</strong>: 104<br />

Type of Risk Consequences<br />

Risks from false<br />

estimation of the<br />

economic environment<br />

Risks from intercultural<br />

misinterpretations<br />

Risks from the human<br />

resources environment of<br />

the company<br />

Risks from the<br />

environment of<br />

expatriates<br />

losses through unforeseen changes of <strong>China</strong>’s economy politics (e.g. project<br />

acceptance, custom and import regulations)<br />

false investments due to the fact that market prognoses were wrong, or strategy<br />

non-fit (market entry, JV -foundation, technology transfer, product design,<br />

marketing)<br />

costly errors when evaluating projects, partners and location<br />

wrong estimation of Chinese partner’s performance and intents (different wishes<br />

and conditions at common projects)<br />

Difficulties at the acceptance and realisation of delivery of goods and projects<br />

(further negotiations, delay of time, delivery and payments)<br />

Unexpected changes concerning priorities, wishes, regulations or conditions of<br />

the Chinese partner or involved State partner delivery delays or production stops<br />

through unreliable partners or through faults in the Chinese infrastructure<br />

technology setbacks through quality deficits<br />

mutual mistrust and false estimations<br />

insufficient information transfer<br />

delays and failures at negotiations and in project planning<br />

Too much expectations from Chinese workers and insufficient instructions at the<br />

workplace<br />

Frustration and early repatriation of expatriates<br />

damage of company image in <strong>China</strong><br />

errors and failures at the search and selection of qualified employees (Chinese<br />

workers and expatriates)<br />

Management problems when working together because of insufficient preparation<br />

and instruction of new employees or new projects<br />

Loss of quality because of insufficient training of employees<br />

High expatriate costs at "repatriation-actions“<br />

Wrong investment in training and education at high labour fluctuation (Chinese<br />

workers very often quickly change jobs)<br />

personal load through different life-style and conditions and lack of adaptability at<br />

the host location<br />

Tense situations and problems within families or partnership<br />

Career break in case of failure<br />

early repatriation<br />

TABLE 3-5: Risk analysis of investments in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.8 Key Success Factors in Chinese Investments<br />

<strong>The</strong> following tables give an overview of the key success factors for an engagement in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Some of the factors are valid for any business in <strong>China</strong>, whereas others are specific for one or<br />

the other form of co-operation:<br />

104 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach e t al., 1997, p. 146.<br />

80


Success Factors concerning Products and Markets: 105<br />

Success Factors Success Criteria<br />

Chinese clients<br />

respectively<br />

suppliers<br />

knowledge of needs, purchasing power<br />

market volumina, market structure (regional, client and product oriented)<br />

consumer habits<br />

Products market adapted product choice and product spectrum<br />

adoption at local consum er habits (e.g. washing of clothes with cold water only)<br />

and distribution channels (critical: perishable goods)<br />

matching quantity, price and quality<br />

Price costs of production, delivery and supply<br />

import/export: including customs, transport and insurance<br />

joint ventures: incl. compensation and benefits (locals and expatriates)<br />

costs for all kind of raw material, auxiliary material and finished products (incl.<br />

energy)<br />

cost of waste disposal<br />

lease for land use and tax write-offs of manufacturing facilities, machines and<br />

production facilities<br />

travel costs for negotiators, company-own consultants, training and delegation<br />

journeys, engineers and salesmen<br />

competitor situation<br />

Technology &<br />

Know -how<br />

price sensitiveness of customers<br />

technology transfer, adaptability to customer income-situation, needs, and quality<br />

degree (power supply irregularities)<br />

legal protection of industrial property<br />

training need of sales department employees and clients<br />

Competition local, regional and international competitors and their product spectrum,<br />

distribution channels and strategies<br />

For Licensing Agreements and Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s additionally: toughening up own and<br />

future competition<br />

Sales & Marketing brand name usable within <strong>China</strong> or introduction of new brand name for the new<br />

<strong>China</strong> market<br />

reputation and image (of quality) of company and brand<br />

brand protection<br />

take into consideration the Chinese symbolic meaning of certain signs, words,<br />

colours and forms<br />

Environment trade roots, ports (Shanghai, Hong Kong)<br />

infrastructure for transport, warehousing and distribution, delivery times and costs<br />

(and security)<br />

customs and tax aspects<br />

actual foreign economy and trade policy<br />

For JV and WFOE’s additionally: long negotiations and permits of state involved<br />

persons and offices<br />

TABLE 3-6: Key success factors concerning products and markets<br />

105 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />

81


Success Factors concerning Chinese Partners: 106<br />

Success Factors Success Criteria<br />

Suppliers and<br />

distributors<br />

knowledge of country and market, sources of supply, distribution channels,<br />

guanxi<br />

compatible goals at JV (Problem: same bed, different dreams)<br />

productivity, strengths and weaknesses<br />

reliability and mentality<br />

Management say import/export businesses:<br />

- no limitation of entrepreneurial liberties<br />

- fair supply conditions for both sides<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />

- sharing out of management responsibilities<br />

- consensus finding in strategic, tactic and operational questions<br />

– entrepreneurial liberties sometimes limited due to Chinese laws, rules and<br />

regulations<br />

WFOE’s:<br />

no limitation of entrepreneurial liberties but possibly difficult acting as a<br />

foreigner in an existing relationship network (sometimes also restrictions due to<br />

Chinese laws, rules and regulations)<br />

Human Resources import/export businesses:<br />

-experience and qualification of local Chinese workers and partners<br />

-employment and loyalty of Chinese workers and partners respectively<br />

fairness and experience of business agents<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />

- Chinese workers mostly come from Chinese partner,<br />

- depending on the JV contract only limited say in personnel politics<br />

(selection, compensation, dismissing)<br />

- possibly very expensive social benefits, if partner was former<br />

State enterprise<br />

- experience and qualification of Chinese staff (especially<br />

knowledge of modern technology and work tools, quality<br />

and cost awareness, accounting and calculation, marketing)<br />

- performance and loyalty of Chinese staff<br />

- high compensation amounts for expatriates, management personnel and<br />

specialists (up to CHF 500’000.- per capita<br />

per year)<br />

- intercultural collaboration, intercultural training<br />

- training and education in <strong>China</strong> and at home base<br />

WFOE’s:<br />

- possibly difficulties with hiring new personnel: direct or via Chinese (semi-)<br />

State Employment Agency<br />

- experience and qualification of Chinese staff<br />

- possibly minor loyalty to a wholly foreign-owned company<br />

- intercultural training<br />

- training and education in <strong>China</strong> and at home base<br />

TABLE 3-7: Key success factors concerning Chinese partners<br />

106 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />

82


Success Factors concerning Company Structure and Administration: 107<br />

Success Factors Success Criteria<br />

Financing import/export:<br />

- pre financing need<br />

– securities<br />

– payment methods (generally letter of credit)<br />

– international experience of involved bank<br />

co-operation:<br />

- height and settlement date of financial liabilities<br />

- take out of earnings and transfer of earnings<br />

– availability of foreign exchange<br />

- risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />

- amount of investment (equity provisions, capital investment,<br />

valuation of investments input<br />

– prerequisites and settlement dates of financial investments<br />

- take out of earnings and transfer of earnings<br />

– availability of foreign exchange<br />

- risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />

WFOE’s:<br />

- amount of investment<br />

– availability of foreign exchange and transfer of earnings<br />

– risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />

Accounting Import/export:<br />

- balancing, valuation of goods, delivery responsibilities and valuation<br />

of goods in transfer<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s and WFOE’s:<br />

- valuation of involved investment<br />

– introduction of modern accounting systems<br />

– adoption of accounting and balancing to Chinese rules<br />

and regulations (trade and tax law)<br />

Administration Import/export:<br />

- comparatively low need of adoption of organisation<br />

– securing of an efficient handling on site and in the headquarters<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s and WFOE’s:<br />

- adoption of structure to headquarters (establishing a separate entity<br />

in <strong>China</strong> or fitting in into headquarters product<br />

or business division)<br />

– securing a special report system from foreign site to headquarters<br />

TABLE 3-8: Key success factors concerning company structure and administration<br />

3.2.9 Profiles of Partners Participating in an Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.9.1 Ideal Profile<br />

From the facts discussed in the previous papers, an "ideal profile" for an entity (either being<br />

an SME on its own or together with Chinese and other partners) may be defined. <strong>The</strong><br />

following diagrams show a combination of characteristics of partnering companies, which are<br />

considered to be essential for a business engagement in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

107 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />

83


On each axis of the diagram a scale of 1 to 10 gives an indication to what extent the property<br />

is realised within the respective partnering company.<br />

An ideal profile for installing a successful business is defined as value 10 on each single<br />

dimension:<br />

Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-6: Ideal profile of a company investing in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.9.2 Dimensions of the Profiles<br />

Financial Power and Capital<br />

This dimension expresses a company’s ability to raise capital for an investment in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Fund raising is a major problem for SME’s: generally European banks’ do not want to get<br />

involved into an engagement with an SME having highly risky strategies like setting up a<br />

production facility in <strong>China</strong>. Also potential Chinese partners being state owned companies<br />

with rather unsatisfying performance rarely can afford the funds to invest into such projects.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore successful SME’s would either be capable of financing the project completely from<br />

their cash flow or would look for other non-Chinese partner companies to raise the necessary<br />

capital.<br />

Another source of funds may be Government programs to support small and medium<br />

enterprises with venture capital. However, usually only innovative and projects involved in<br />

84


high-technology are eligible for these schemes. Hence access is limited to a fairly small<br />

number of SME’s.<br />

Available Management Resources<br />

SME’s rarely have enough human resources to allow their managers to dedicate themselves<br />

completely to setting up the new business in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore it is crucial to plan well in advance an expansion into the Chinese market in order<br />

to provide in time the absolutely necessary management manpower for such a project.<br />

<strong>The</strong> person in charge of the <strong>China</strong> project does not necessarily have to be of European origin -<br />

in fact it is very helpful to employ a Chinese for this task as he will not have to overcome the<br />

barriers of language and mentality. According to opinions of SME’s having set up business in<br />

<strong>China</strong> successfully management resources is among the most important factors deciding over<br />

success or failure of the enterprise.<br />

Suitability of Product and Service Portfolio<br />

<strong>The</strong> products and/or services to be manufactured in <strong>China</strong> should sell well on the Chinese<br />

domestic market. Chinese Government does not appreciate manufacturing for export only as<br />

this would not benefit the Chinese economy to the desired extent.<br />

An exception to that rule are goods requiring a high-tech production lines as in this case the<br />

Chinese economy benefits from technology and know-how transfer from the foreign investor.<br />

Also total production costs of the goods (raw materials, energy, labour, taxes, etc.) are<br />

comparatively high so that - in case one looks for cheap production only - investment in a<br />

different country would be more recommended.<br />

Production Know-how<br />

This dimension describes the level of know-how for manufacturing specific goods.<br />

Generally this know-how is very high in SME’s, but may be at a comparatively low level at<br />

the Chinese partners.<br />

It is a pre-requisite for joint ventures that the SME is willing to share its know -how with the<br />

Chinese partner. In case the manufacturing technology should not be disclosed for strategic<br />

reasons the SME should only invest into a wholly foreign owned company in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

85


Quality of Infrastructure<br />

One major task for the set-up of a new enterprise is finding the appropriate location to install a<br />

manufacturing plant. Although local governments are willing to attract new businesses in<br />

order to increase their tax income, the procedure for obtaining various permits is tedious and<br />

time consuming. Potential Chinese partners could provide a suitable infrastructure with their<br />

existing manufacturing plants to a certain extent. However, buildings and equipment are<br />

generally not at the desired level of technology so that they probably may not be used further<br />

for production without major investment and upgrades.<br />

However, several business parks have been set up by provincial and regional governments or<br />

even by joint-ventures between local and foreign governments (e.g. Singapore-Suzhou<br />

Business Park in Suzhou (Zhejiang)). <strong>The</strong>se business parks provide excellent facilities for<br />

manufacturing plants with all necessary installations for water, electricity and communication.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y also set up accommodation for management and leading personnel within their<br />

premises.<br />

Relationship (Guanxi)<br />

Guanxi is the magic word in Chinese business: without personal relationship to authorities,<br />

customers, business partners etc. virtually no business is possible in <strong>China</strong>. As it takes time to<br />

build relationships, SME’s generally do not have sufficient guanxi in the start-up phase of<br />

their project to be successful on the Chinese domestic market. <strong>The</strong>refore it is advisable to<br />

found a joint venture with a Chinese partner who brings his guanxi into the partnership. Also<br />

the involvement of a local person in the management of the manufacturing plant is extremely<br />

helpful due to that reason.<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

SME’s planning to invest in <strong>China</strong> most probably already have a certain knowledge of the<br />

local market. However, this knowledge may be restricted to the import of goods only, which<br />

may differ significantly from selling locally produced goods on the market. As with guanxi,<br />

the know -how of a Chinese partner will significantly influence the success of a newly<br />

established enterprise.<br />

86


Available Distribution Channels<br />

A major problem in <strong>China</strong> is the geographic distribution of the manufactured goods. Not only<br />

road transport is lengthy and unsafe but also railway transport is unreliable due to the<br />

authorities’ preference policy for "strategic transports" like coal or military equipment. It is<br />

also necessary to be accepted as a supplier for certain goods by major customers (like<br />

wholesalers, supermarkets, etc.) - a task which mostly can be accomplished only with<br />

sufficient guanxi. Here again the know-how of the Chinese partner is vital.<br />

3.2.9.3 Profiles of the Partnering Companies<br />

Small or Medium Enterprises<br />

A small or medium enterprise planning to invest in <strong>China</strong> has to have a suitable portfolio of<br />

products and/or services for the Chinese domestic market. As this is a pre -requisite for any<br />

further reflection this dimension is marked 10 in the following diagram. <strong>The</strong> enterprises also<br />

have an excellent know-how of their production technology as they otherwise could not even<br />

survive on their home market.<br />

All dimensions concerning local Chinese factors such as infrastructure, distribution channels<br />

and especially guanxi are only little developed if at all and have to be backed up by a suitable<br />

partner. However, there is a certain knowledge of the Chinese market as SME’s typically<br />

already have a relationship with <strong>China</strong> due to export business prior to planning a direct<br />

investment.<br />

Financial power of SME’s generally is not sufficient in order to install a business in <strong>China</strong> so<br />

that either external financial sources have to be found (which usually is difficult due to the<br />

high exposure to risk) or alternative solutions have to be practised such as providing<br />

machinery and equipment for a joint venture. However, free management resources are the<br />

most difficult problem to solve for SME’s and at the same time are the most crucial success<br />

factor. Without full support by management any trial to set up a business in <strong>China</strong> is most<br />

likely to fail.<br />

87


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-7: Profile of a typical small or medium enterprise<br />

Chinese Partners for a Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

Potential Chinese partners for a joint venture bring good relationship with customers,<br />

suppliers, authorities etc. with them but usually lack production know-how and/or the<br />

appropriate manufacturing equipment and machinery. <strong>The</strong>ir infrastructure and technology<br />

have to be updated to reach acceptable standards. Additionally, their product portfolio may<br />

not meet the market demand any longer due to the recent changes in Chinese society. Being<br />

state -owned enterprises they not only lack financial power to restructure the company<br />

appropriately but also very unlikely have the necessary management resources for such a task.<br />

Except for financial power and management resources they are the ideal partners for SME’s.<br />

88


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

FIGURE 3-8: Profile of a Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partner<br />

Banks and Government Institutions<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Foreign banks may act as lenders of capital for SME’s and their Chinese joint venture<br />

partners. However, the present practice of European banks is not to take fairly high risks with<br />

such an engagement in return of a comparatively low margin. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is disappointingly<br />

difficult to raise capital through banks for this kind of projects. Alternatively, foreign<br />

governments run programs to support SME’s with venture capital to a certain extent.<br />

Once established in <strong>China</strong>, SME’s may use the banks’ connections to the industry to gain<br />

access to certain markets. Also Government institutions like the "Delegation of German<br />

Industry and Commerce“ or the Swiss Embassy based Beijing and Shanghai support SME’s<br />

with know-how and makes contact to various potential partners for joint ventures. <strong>The</strong>y also<br />

assist with legal advice during the set-up phase of the new company.<br />

89


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-9: Profile of foreign banks and Government institutions<br />

Business Parks<br />

Business parks are established to attract foreign investors to <strong>China</strong> by providing the necessary<br />

infrastructure such as land, buildings, electricity, energy, etc. Although they charge a certain<br />

price for their services they may be a good choice for SME’s not intending to set up a joint<br />

venture with a Chinese partner. Certain business parks also provide so called "Incubators“,<br />

which are already equipped facilities specially designed for small enterprises still developing<br />

marketable products for <strong>China</strong>. Access to these facilities is given with time limits only to<br />

enable also other young enterprises to take advantage of these institution. Business parks may<br />

further act as platform for information exchange by providing access to other companies<br />

being in a similar situation of starting up business.<br />

90


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

FIGURE 3-10: Profile of business parks<br />

Optimum Partnership<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

<strong>The</strong> following profile shows a theoretical optimum for the combination of the characteristics<br />

of SME’s, Chinese joint venture partners, banks, Government institutions and business parks.<br />

Obviously all important dimensions may be covered by such a partnership except the<br />

management resources (the gray enveloping area represents the profile of this "optimum<br />

partnership").<br />

91


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

SME Chinese Partner<br />

Banks & Government<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Business Parks<br />

FIGURE 3-11: Profile for the optimum combination of all potential partners<br />

Practical experience shows that the necessary available management resources pose the most<br />

difficult problem to overcome. However, it is equally important to gain access to local<br />

authorities and government institutions by guanxi.<br />

<strong>The</strong> combined profile of the joint venture partners should well extend on the diagram axis<br />

"management resources" - "guanxi" in order to have sustainable success, although lacking<br />

management resources may be partly balanced by extensive guanxi and vice versa.<br />

All other dimensions do not necessarily have to be at the optimum as practical case studies<br />

(please refer to the appendices) show.<br />

92


Illustrative Case Studies<br />

<strong>The</strong> following case studies should illustrate different approaches of companies how to<br />

optimise their profiles together with various partners as stipulated above.<br />

All profiles shown in the figures are for illustration purposes only to emphasise certain<br />

aspects and are not to be interpreted as valuation of the companies!<br />

Suzhou MFN Embroidery Co. Ltd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first case covers a Wholly Foreign-Owned Joint <strong>Venture</strong> in the textile (embroidery)<br />

branch:<br />

Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Forster Rohner AG Mizorogi, Nisshinbo Suzhou<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

FIGURE 3-12: Profile of Suzhou MFN Embroidery Co. Ltd.<br />

93


<strong>The</strong> joint venture was established by Forster Rohner AG, Switzerland, Mizorogi Co. and<br />

Nisshinbo Industries Inc., both located in Tokyo, Japan, and named "Suzhou MFN<br />

Embroidery Co. Ltd.". MFN had to follow their European customers setting up their new<br />

manufacturing units in <strong>China</strong>. Except from occasional contacts to the Chinese market MFN<br />

had only little knowledge of the Chinese business environment. <strong>The</strong>refore it is interesting to<br />

see, how they managed to get access to the other vital profile dimensions which they could<br />

not provide themselves:<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir key advantage was their dedicated management decision to move to <strong>China</strong> and to<br />

provide the necessary management resources for this task. <strong>The</strong>y further were in the lucky<br />

position to have a Chinese born manager available, who had been employed by one of the<br />

Japanese partners a couple of years earlier. That is why they could build their guanxi to local<br />

authorities in a comparatively short time.<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir good contact to the provincial government helped them to get access to the<br />

infrastructure thereby filling the last gap in their profile (marked as "Suzhou" in above<br />

diagram).<br />

At the moment they emphasise on the build-up of the domestic market in order to stabilise the<br />

company (this will result in "pushing out" the envelope line in the diagram closer towards the<br />

optimum profile!).<br />

Suzhou Nove Fashion & Crafts Co. Ltd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second case study also deals with the textile (knitwear) industry - this company was set<br />

up in order to gain access to the local raw material market and to export high quality products<br />

to Europe.<br />

94


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Nove Marzo AG<br />

Financial Power, Capital & Land<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Lubei Village<br />

FIGURE 3-13: Profile of Suzhou Nove Fashion & Crafts Co. Ltd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company was set up as a joint venture between Nove Marzo AG, Switzerland, and the<br />

Chinese village Lubei, where the knitwear factory was built. <strong>The</strong> reasons for this choice are<br />

fairly obvious: the village of Lubei not only provides land and infrastructure, but being a<br />

government institution also brings in guanxi into the joint venture. Again, the dimension<br />

"available management capacity" has to be emphasised: in the beginning of the project the<br />

company was entirely ma naged by Europeans, but a local management was built up at the<br />

same time. Today the company is run by a local management with European involvement<br />

reduced to the absolutely necessary minimum.<br />

Swisstec<br />

<strong>The</strong> third case differs from the above two as the company discussed is a sales organisation in<br />

<strong>China</strong> without direct investment into production facilities (see Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss).<br />

95


Available Distribution<br />

Channels<br />

Market Knowledge<br />

Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />

Swisstec,<br />

Swiss Partners<br />

FIGURE 3-14: Profile of Swisstec<br />

Financial Power & Capital<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Quality of<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Available Management<br />

Resources<br />

Suitability of Product &<br />

Services Portfolio<br />

Production Know-how<br />

Chinese<br />

Representative<br />

At a first glance, Swisstec has nearly none of the characteristics necessary for entering the<br />

Chinese business. But their way to success is very creative and probably could act as a model<br />

for other SME's. Swisstec is a co-operation of nine SME's of the machine manufacturing<br />

industry which all have customers in the Chinese market. Being unable to set up their own<br />

sales organisation in <strong>China</strong> for cost reasons, they used "western guanxi" and formed a joint<br />

sales organisation. But still the Swiss partners lacked important dimensions like market<br />

knowledge, guanxi, etc. necessary for long-term business. This was all brought in by their<br />

Chinese partner - the former representative of some of the nine SME's. In this special case the<br />

management resources are also brought in by the Chinese partner resulting in an aggressive<br />

expansion of the Chinese network.<br />

96


Which Aspects should SME's Focus on?<br />

From the facts discussed in the previous sections there are a few vital points each SME should<br />

take into consideration when going to <strong>China</strong>:<br />

<strong>The</strong> first question to be asked is whether the engagement in <strong>China</strong> fits into one's strategy. As<br />

strategic considerations are a basic task in all business environments we would like to<br />

concentrate on specific characteristics of the Chinese market:<br />

Fund raising for investment in a high-risk environment definitely asks for tailored solutions in<br />

each respect. Section 3.2.10 discusses various approaches SME's should take into<br />

consideration.<br />

Another important subject is how to provide the vital management resources for this type of<br />

project. Questions like whether one should employ local staff or rely on expatriates are<br />

discussed in detail in section 3.2.11.<br />

Finally, anybody doing business in <strong>China</strong> should be aware of the cultural differences between<br />

Western and Chinese people. As the right approach to country and people is critical for<br />

success the "Management of Relationship" is discussed in section 3.2.12.<br />

3.2.10 Fund Raising for the Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />

3.2.10.1 How can the Swiss Government Support SME's Investing in<br />

<strong>China</strong>?<br />

Besides "classic" support like the Export Risk Guarantee the Swiss Government is going to<br />

create a "Swiss-Sino Partnership Fund" in the near future to help setting up joint ventures<br />

between Swiss SME's and Chinese partners. This fund is aimed to support SME's investing in<br />

<strong>China</strong> by not only giving the necessary capital but also non-financial support like unbiased<br />

advice for both prospective partners during the negotiation and preparation phase as well as<br />

active board level representation after the formation of the partnership. In return, the Fund<br />

will be a shareholder in the joint venture. <strong>The</strong> fund serves as a pilot direc t-investment<br />

program and still has to be ratified by the Swiss Government. <strong>The</strong>refore no information on<br />

detailed application procedures and eligibility is available yet.<br />

Further to that, Swiss embassies also provide similar functions as chambers of commerce by<br />

supporting the prospective SME with information on the market, making contact to potential<br />

Chinese joint venture partners and giving legal advice to business related subjects. Other<br />

97


countries like Germany employ dedicated offices like the "Delegiertenbüro der deutschen<br />

Wirtschaft" to fulfil these tasks - in special cases their services are also open to Swiss SME's.<br />

3.2.10.2 How can Swiss Banks Function as Partners?<br />

<strong>The</strong> Swiss banks have been very active in the recent years in working with both exporters and<br />

foreign importers of Swiss goods and services through the financing of Swiss exports and the<br />

provision of other banking services. However, the role of Swiss banks as partners for other<br />

banking activities except the above mentioned presently is somewhat ambiguous: although<br />

they provide a certain infrastructure with their representative offices in major cities in <strong>China</strong>,<br />

they do not seem to be too much interested in supporting SME's with financial funds to enter<br />

the Chinese market.<br />

This attitude is very similar to their behaviour on the Swiss domestic market, where SME's<br />

find themselves in difficulties raising funds for investment into their "risky" companies,<br />

whereas larger industrial units have by far easier access to capital. <strong>The</strong> authors are aware of<br />

the fact that an engagement with an SME does not give as fast a payback to the banks as other<br />

investments. However, it might be worthwhile to rethink the actual practices as a long term<br />

engagement may bring significant revenues to the banks in future.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a certa in discrepancy in the fact that, once the SME's are already established in<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Swiss banks are willing to assist in daily banking life by having connections to<br />

Chinese banks and other business partners using their own guanxi to solve problems like<br />

delayed payments, etc. 108 So far Swiss banks are not allowed to trade in Renminbi, so that in<br />

any case the services of a Chinese bank have to be used.<br />

3.2.10.3 Which Fund Raising Strategies should SME's follow for Investment<br />

in <strong>China</strong>?<br />

Following the present situation of limited availability of Swiss Government funding and high<br />

"risk-consciousness" of Swiss banks, an SME has the following options or strategies to<br />

successfully setting up business in <strong>China</strong> by providing enough funds:<br />

108 Source: Mr. Gu Qi (Deputy Representative, Shanghai Representative Office of SBC Warburg Dillon<br />

Read), 1997.<br />

98


Strategy No. 1: Have Cash<br />

A comfortable amount of equity definitely eases the market entry into <strong>China</strong>. This criterion is<br />

generally fulfilled in large companies, whereas SME's very often find their weak point here.<br />

It is absolutely necessary to have enough funds available also for the first years of operation<br />

as the time before profit is generated from the new enterprises may vary between 5 to 7 years.<br />

Strategy No. 2: Be Innovative<br />

Young and innovative enterprises may benefit not only from Swiss Government programs but<br />

also enjoy special support from the Chinese Government. <strong>The</strong>y are eligible to set up their<br />

businesses in so called "incubators", which are special zones in business parks set up to foster<br />

new technologies and products.<br />

<strong>The</strong> only drawback for innovative enterprises may be the transfer of technology and know-<br />

how requested by Chinese regulations.<br />

Strategy No. 3: Tailor Your Expenses<br />

<strong>The</strong> majority of SME's most probably does not find itself in the position to follow one of the<br />

two above strategies. However, even then a successful engagement in <strong>China</strong> is possible:<br />

As the Chinese partner normally brings workforce and relationships into the joint venture, the<br />

SME's part is to provide production know -how and technology. One should be aware of the<br />

fact that Western state of the art concerning productivity is not necessarily the optimum<br />

technology to be employed in Chinese manufacturing facilities. <strong>The</strong>refore also older<br />

equipment imported from Europe may still serve the purpose thereby reducing investment<br />

costs and financial risk.<br />

<strong>The</strong> disadvantage of this concept is the valuation of the equipment to define the SME's capital<br />

share of the joint venture. However, once an agreement is found this concept proves very<br />

successful in practice.<br />

Another major cost factor is the employment of expatriates as managers. One should therefore<br />

thoroughly consider the possibility to employ local Chinese people and train them in Europe<br />

to prepare them for their management tasks. Especially the Shanghai area has a high potential<br />

of well educated candidates due to its large university network.<br />

Strategy No. 4: Use Western Guanxi<br />

One does not necessarily have to start with networking only in <strong>China</strong>. Why not looking for<br />

potential partners also in Europe or other industrialised countries?<br />

99


<strong>The</strong>se partnerships may not only be advantage ous in respect of increasing the investment<br />

capital but also because of combined experience and market presence. Provided the other<br />

partners come from within the same business field also the base of potential customers is<br />

enlarged (it is assumed that this partnership does not interfere with the home market of the<br />

partners). 109 A further advantage of a partnership between Western companies may be the<br />

shared financial exposure of the single company and thereby also the reduced risk. So for<br />

example the cost for expatriates or marketing campaigns in <strong>China</strong> could be shared. 110<br />

<strong>The</strong>se are just examples of using probably already existing relationships for the <strong>China</strong><br />

business. Definitely the success of these partnerships depends on the creativity of each single<br />

partner.<br />

3.2.11 Management of Human Resources<br />

As we have seen already under section “Available Management Resources” SME’s rarely<br />

have enough free human resources capacity to allow the management to focus seriously on<br />

setting up new businesses in <strong>China</strong>. Various factors have to be regarded as critical.<br />

3.2.11.1 Managing Labour Law<br />

<strong>The</strong> labour law applies broadly to all enterprises and individuals hiring staff or workers within<br />

<strong>China</strong>. This means that the law covers the representative offices and branches of foreign<br />

investment enterprises as well as domestic entities.<br />

Managing labour is highly sensitive and it is advisable for FIE’s to pay careful attention to the<br />

Chinese regulations. <strong>The</strong> main advantage of investing in <strong>China</strong> may be the pool of low-cost<br />

labour, but one should be conscious that exploitation of labour is viewed very seriously by the<br />

Chinese authorities. It is recommended to enter into individual labour contracts whenever<br />

possible.<br />

3.2.11.2 Human Resources as a Cost Factor<br />

Cost factors can play an important role considering the assignment either of local staff or from<br />

the home country. For the salary of an expatriate (costs of several hundred thousand CHF per<br />

year all inclusive) one can hire four local employees at the same level (also with comparable<br />

education). <strong>The</strong> high wages of expatriates often raise discussions in many JV’s, because these<br />

109 Paper 3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec.<br />

110 Paper 3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec.<br />

100


expenses have a detrimental effect on the revenues. Chinese partners only hardly understand,<br />

why expatriate incomes are many times larger than theirs. Under the aspect of costs it is<br />

recommended to employ as much local staff as possible.<br />

3.2.11.3 Local Staff versus Expatriates<br />

<strong>The</strong> first question during the planning phase (establishment of a representative or sales office<br />

or also a JV) always focuses on hiring new staff on the Chinese site or bring them in from the<br />

home country. Both has advantages and disadvantages: the knowledge of the home company,<br />

its products and decision making process and also Western know-how versus the<br />

understanding of the Chinese mentality, language and possibly relationship (guanxi) to the<br />

customers and State officials on site.<br />

Highly qualified and experienced managers often profit internally but also in the client’s view<br />

a certain trust. Often clients even expect that the company's representative comes from the<br />

home country. <strong>The</strong> positions of the general manager and also technical director respectively<br />

production manager mostly are filled with expatriates. In human resources departments or<br />

marketing offices often Chinese managers hold these positions. <strong>The</strong>y know local conditions<br />

and have more guanxi to potential clients or prospective workforce for the company.<br />

3.2.11.4 Expatriates and Intercultural Management Skills<br />

FIE’s also should be very aware of the personality and cultural factors. Failures in the<br />

selection process for a <strong>China</strong> assignment can become very expensive. Not only costs of the<br />

assignment or "quick repatriation exercises“ have to be considered but also and - more<br />

important - the influence of wrong management personnel on the business (turnover,<br />

revenues, market share and image). <strong>The</strong>se risks can be banned and minimised by carefully<br />

selecting and preparing the right people.<br />

Most of the questioned managers (see study below 111 ) emphasise the importance of the<br />

intercultural and negotiation skills. Also as critical they regarded knowledge of law, language,<br />

communication skills, etc.<br />

111 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 205.<br />

101


Qualification profile<br />

(what manager should know before they start their assignment)<br />

Intercultural skills 74.5%<br />

Negotiation skills 74.5%<br />

Know how of contractual law 50.9%<br />

Language 47.3%<br />

Communication skills 41.8%<br />

Management of personnel (HR) 41.8%<br />

Knowledge of political environment 40.0%<br />

Marketing skills 40.0%<br />

Financial management skills 27.3%<br />

Co-operation ability 23.6%<br />

Knowledge of economical environment 18.2%<br />

Logistical skills (information technology) 12.7%<br />

International relations 10.9%<br />

TABLE 3-9: Qualification profile of managers working in <strong>China</strong><br />

% of managers<br />

working for companies<br />

in <strong>China</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> assignee’s profile should additionally show a high degree of self-initiative, willingness to<br />

take risks, ability to improvise and - as a part of the intercultural skills - a lot of empathy and<br />

sensitiveness towards the foreign partners and their culture.<br />

It should be a must to also evaluate intercultural skills during the selection process for<br />

expatriates. Most common in practice are assessment centres as <strong>China</strong> related tests ("critical<br />

incidents“, case studies, role or plan plays) to assess the multicultural skills of a candidate. In<br />

Switzerland various external consultants offer this kind of selection tool which may be used<br />

and adapted to the specific needs of an SME selecting external or internal employees for such<br />

assignments.<br />

Besides leadership skills, professional, social and self-competency (personality) other<br />

personal factors of an assignee should also be considered like good physical health, emotional<br />

stability and willingness to work long hours. <strong>The</strong> good integration of the partner and/or family<br />

in the host country may have a huge impact on the success of the assignee. So also from the<br />

partner and/or family flexibility and adaptability are demanded.<br />

Decisions whether somebody starts an assignment or not should never be taken without the<br />

partner of a candidate assignee, as today dual career couples are fairly common.<br />

3.2.12 Management of Relationship<br />

One of the key points certainly is the use of guanxi or also the use of "Western guanxi" before<br />

starting with a project within <strong>China</strong>.<br />

102


As a conclusion, network oriented measures (for any activities) are key. First of all, it is<br />

recommended to do business with "small numbers". Before investing considerable funds,<br />

official partners or future JV partners should be tested.<br />

Business contacts should be implemented step by step. If not possible (in case of huge<br />

projects) it has to be tried to become part of a multilateral network (even beyond Switzerland<br />

or Europe). As long as foreign competitors can be played off against each other, the Chinese<br />

Government will do it.<br />

Try to establish excellent bilateral contacts. This also means long journeys to <strong>China</strong> with<br />

significant persons from the own company (or Swiss Government officials or Swiss<br />

ambassadors) in the delegation.<br />

Do not always and in all phases of the process of a project or JV include lawyers in<br />

negotiations. This could create mistrust and defence. A common dinner counts more than ten<br />

negotiation days.<br />

Collect information about your partners (preferred drinks, number of children, etc.). This is<br />

not against data protection but attentiveness towards your partner. Show interest in your<br />

partner, discuss themes like family, roots, training, life experience, financial situation. Never<br />

forget to stay in contact. Unacceptable are missing greetings to the Chinese New Year.<br />

<strong>The</strong> atmosphere in coming together with Chinese people always plays an important role. For<br />

example, conflict points should be discussed at informal occasions like dinner. Business and<br />

friendship cannot - as in European countries - be separated: they always go together. That is<br />

why one should never do business with a Chinese partner if one does not like each other. 112<br />

Finally, never forget that the construction of a long-lasting network or even friendship can be<br />

a long process even though your partner may call you "old friend" after two meetings.<br />

Do also not forget, that instead of subject and monochrome related procedures, Chinese<br />

partners often plan in person-oriented and polychrome ways. <strong>The</strong> black dots indicate useful<br />

persons which all are connected within one network. <strong>The</strong> following chart may help to clarify<br />

this understanding:<br />

112 Source: Swiss newspaper "Handelszeitung", issue 24, June 12, 1997, p. 57.<br />

103


Ressource 3<br />

Ressource 2<br />

Ressource 1<br />

Golden Town Golden Town<br />

Step 3<br />

Step 2<br />

Step 1<br />

Resources are planned to be used when needed<br />

and relay on the reliability of the calculation and<br />

plan<br />

Time<br />

Start Start<br />

FIGURE 3-15: <strong>The</strong> way to "Golden Town" 113<br />

relays primarly on the reliability of the network<br />

and on the capability to take chances whenever<br />

they occur<br />

We are not saying that Chinese partners are not able to follow a straight strategy or plan a<br />

critical path. Considering the external environmental conditions in <strong>China</strong> the "Chinese way"<br />

may be quicker and more successful as too many unforeseen circumstances exist in this<br />

growth market with rapidly changing infrastructures, laws, financial institutions and system,<br />

politics, labour m arket and distribution market.<br />

A study by Arthur Andersen Consulting shows that for a selected group of 75 FIE's in <strong>China</strong>,<br />

companies with the best results focused most on partner relationships and human resources<br />

management. 114 Due to realistic expectations, a clear strategy, long lasting relationships and<br />

also “luck”, many companies are successful in <strong>China</strong>. But one should also distinguish<br />

between reality and myths!<br />

113 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.313.<br />

114 Source: "Der Monat", issue 12/1996, Swiss Bank Corporation, p. 40.<br />

104


3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss<br />

3.2.13.1 Company Profile<br />

Swisstec is a co-operation of various Swiss mechanical engineering companies to market their<br />

products in the People's Republic of <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> company was founded by Feintool AG Lyss<br />

as successor for its local agent organisation in Beijing, Chongquing and Shanghai and today<br />

has the following members (shown in Table 3-10).<br />

Company Activities<br />

BalTec Maschinenbau AG,<br />

Pfäffikon/ZH<br />

Dama Optikmaschinen AG,<br />

Wetzikon<br />

Fehlmann AG,<br />

Seon<br />

Feintool AG Lyss,<br />

Lyss<br />

Hämmerle AG,<br />

Brugg<br />

Mikron Agno,<br />

Agno<br />

Sempac AG,<br />

Cham<br />

Weinberger AG,<br />

Dietikon<br />

Kardex AG,<br />

Volketswil<br />

Sheet metal working machines, riveting machines<br />

Micro engineering for precision, mechanics, optics, glass and<br />

ceramics<br />

Metal milling and drilling machines<br />

Fineblanking technology and forming presses<br />

Sheet metal working machines (flat metal part roll-leveling<br />

machines)<br />

Automatic machining systems for small parts<br />

Production lines for chip cards<br />

Photonics instrumentation for the analysis of fast motion<br />

Modular storage and retrieval systems<br />

TABLE 3-10: Members of the Swisstec organisation<br />

Swisstec offices are located in Beijing, Shanghai and Chongquing with plans to open a<br />

Guangzhou office in the near future.<br />

3.2.13.2 Motivation for Founding Swisstec<br />

Due to retirement of Feintool's representative in Beijing, who also acted as agent for about a<br />

dozen other Swiss companies, a solution for a succeeding organisation was sought. Given that<br />

the office infrastructure was too big and therefore too expensive for Feintoool to bear alone,<br />

the alternative seemed to be to appoint one of the large Swiss trading companies in <strong>China</strong> as<br />

agent. However, these trading companies would normally have a high number of agencies and<br />

Feintool feared that they might not pay enough attention to its relatively small market<br />

segment.<br />

As a result Feintool sought the co-operation of the other companies which were represented<br />

by the same agent in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

105


3.2.13.3 Choosing the Partners and Establishment of the Company<br />

<strong>The</strong> potential Swiss partners reacted positively to Feintool`s proposal, as they were not direct<br />

competitors to one another and could only benefit from such a joint representative office. <strong>The</strong><br />

proposal requires each company to pay its share of the total costs. At the same time, they are<br />

free to use the connections and guanxi which their former agent had built up over many years.<br />

3.2.13.4 Human Resources<br />

All the personnel of the former agent were employed in this new agency set up by Swisstec.<br />

This ensured the smooth running of the business operations. New personnel is presently<br />

recruited to expand the activities to other pa rts of <strong>China</strong>. Generally, expatriates are employed<br />

only for the start-up phase, and local Chinese are given preference over expatriates for the<br />

ongoing business. All new Chinese staff is trained in Switzerland in order to be competent<br />

partners for Chinese customers. Wages paid have a high content of provision (up to 50%) to<br />

give incentive for active marketing and promotion of the Swiss products.<br />

3.2.13.5 Summary<br />

For a comparatively small <strong>China</strong> business, it was not worth Feintool`s while to set up its own<br />

sales agenc y in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> form of co-operation found with other Swiss SME's brought<br />

reduced financial involvement and therefore reduced risk, without having to accept the<br />

disadvantages of being represented by large trading houses. This act of "self-help" and<br />

entrepreneurial initiative brought advantages to all partners and could be a prototype of co-<br />

operation for various other applications.<br />

Determining a strategic fit with one`s potential business partners is certainly important.<br />

Attracting an appropriate potential partner to become your strategic business partner may<br />

need some persuasion. Here, it is important that one is able to fulfil the needs of the potential<br />

partner adequately in order to ensure a stable long-term business relationship which is<br />

mutually benefic ial. <strong>The</strong> potential ability of the foreign firm to fulfil the needs of potential<br />

Chinese partners provide the foreign firm with its bargaining position vis-a-vis the Chinese<br />

partner. Technology, which the Chinese firms and government authorities require, is one<br />

106


factor which makes the foreign firm attractive to its potential Chinese partners. Access to<br />

foreign markets is yet another attractive factor.<br />

Having something attractive to offer one’s potential partner provides one with a basis for<br />

negotiation. Successfully conducting the negotiation and working successfully with the<br />

business partners to make the cross-cultural venture a success, requires cultural understanding<br />

and knowledge.<br />

Matthias Kästner, a doctoral student at HSG and a director of a high-tech company wrote:<br />

3.3 Making a High - Tech Market Entry (by Matthias Kästner)<br />

Economic reforms under Deng Xiaoping led to a massive increase in foreign trade and to<br />

substantial foreign direct investment in <strong>China</strong>. Having realised that modern technology is<br />

essential for sustainable economic growth, <strong>China</strong> favours ventures with a high technology<br />

content. Multinational companies and overseas Chinese investors were the early movers in<br />

this new market. To date many MNCs have established considerable operations in <strong>China</strong><br />

whereas Western small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) are still largely<br />

underrepresented. Only recently, foreign governments have started to promote <strong>China</strong> -related<br />

trade and foreign direct investment by SMEs through special funds, export guarantees, sino-<br />

foreign trade fairs and other means of support.<br />

<strong>The</strong> purpose of this paper is twofold:<br />

• First, to identify factors which influence the choice of market entry strategies for high-tech<br />

SMEs for the Chinese market. Previous research concentrated mainly on determinants<br />

which are relevant for the decision making process within large multinational companies,<br />

while it was largely ignored that the market entry choice by SMEs may depend on different<br />

factors. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is interesting to have a closer look at SME relevant determinants.<br />

Special focus is given to the role of technology, which is expected to have a significant<br />

impact on the market entry mode decision of SMEs.<br />

• Second, to help SMEs understand their strategic assets, strengths and weaknesses in<br />

bargaining situations with Chinese authorities, customers and partners.<br />

Interviews with Swiss, German and Austrian SME managers revealed that prior to <strong>China</strong><br />

activities most preparation is spent on the investigation of the Chinese market potential and<br />

understanding the legal issues. Both are certainly prerequisites for success, however, they are<br />

not sufficient. Usually, little time is spent on evaluating and understanding the company’s<br />

107


assets in negotiations; consequently, these cannot be used to the SMEs' full advantage. Again,<br />

advanced technology has a special role: it seems to be one important, if not the most<br />

important, asset.<br />

3.3.1 <strong>The</strong> Choice of the Market Entry Mode: A Framework<br />

Co-operative joint ventures, equity joint ventures, wholly owned subsidiaries, representative<br />

offices or simply direct or indirect exporting are possible vehicles for <strong>China</strong> activities. In each<br />

category there are examples of successful companies that are happy with their specific<br />

decision as well as numerous examples of complete failures. If one market entry form turned<br />

out to be superior over others, it would be the strategy of choice for all newcomers with<br />

“<strong>China</strong> ambitions”. However, a strategy that fits for all companies, products and in every<br />

situation does not exist. <strong>The</strong>re is no best strategy for <strong>China</strong> activities. Whether an entry<br />

strategy is appropriate in a certain situation depends on a multitude of determinants.<br />

<strong>The</strong> contingency approach which is one school of organisational theories can be used to<br />

explain the choice of different market entry modes. Originally, the contingency approach was<br />

one-dimensional: only one factor such as firm size or technology intensity was used to explain<br />

the existence of different organisational forms. <strong>The</strong> deficiency that only a single factor has<br />

explanatory value for the existence of different organisational forms was recognised by Kieser<br />

and Kubicek (1992) who developed the one -dimensional contingency theory into a multi<br />

factor approach. Obviously, by introducing other explanatory variables they added complexity<br />

to the approach. To remove some of the added complexity in order to make its application<br />

easier they propose to distinguish between internal determinants which can be influenced by<br />

the organisation and factors related to the external environment which are - at least for a SME<br />

- de facto given.<br />

<strong>The</strong> internal factors are linked to the nature of the SME itself, they are controllable by the<br />

SME to some extent. External factors include the microeconomic and macroeconomic<br />

environment. Though they are not necessarily a given datum, they often can be influenced to a<br />

certain degree, too, depending on bargaining power and skills. While large multinational<br />

companies may have the necessary power to influence the external environment significantly,<br />

SMEs are more likely to be in a position of compliance.<br />

Although technology formally belongs to the group of internal determinants, it merits to<br />

receive special attention. As outlined above, the nature of high technology plays an important<br />

role in the choice of the market entry mode for high-tech SMEs. Although technology is<br />

108


developed within the SME, its impact is not limited to the internal environment. Many<br />

external determinants in the Chinese context are a function of the level of technology<br />

involved: rapid approval for high-tech ventures, waiver of mandatory export quotas under the<br />

condition that certain technology requirements are met or dedicated investment zones with<br />

superior infrastructure for high-tech companies are only a few examples. <strong>The</strong>refore it is<br />

appropriate to introduce factors related to technology as a separate third group: Technology<br />

determinants.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following section gives an overview of an analytical framework that integrates the<br />

determinants which are relevant for the choice of the market entry strategy.<br />

Micro<br />

Environment<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

Understanding of<br />

own Bargaining<br />

Position<br />

External Determinants<br />

Technology Determinants<br />

Internal Determinants<br />

Choice of<br />

Market Entry<br />

Strategy<br />

Understanding<br />

the Role of<br />

Technology<br />

FIGURE 3-16: Determinants for the choice of the market entry strategy<br />

3.3.1.1 Internal Determinants<br />

Macro<br />

Environment<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

Internal determinants are related to the nature of the SME. Limited financial and limited<br />

human resources are often a real impediment in risky <strong>China</strong> activities. <strong>The</strong> ownership<br />

structure, characteristics of the industry in which the SME operates, the degree of<br />

specialisation and the positioning in the market are expected to influence market entry<br />

strategies.<br />

109


Internal Determinants<br />

� Organization and ownership structure<br />

� Size<br />

� Financial Resources<br />

� Type of company: niche producer,<br />

quality leader, etc...<br />

FIGURE 3-17: Internal Determinants<br />

3.3.1.2 External Determinants<br />

� Human Resources<br />

� Industry Characteristics<br />

� Degree of specialization<br />

External determinants are divided into macroeconomic factors and microeconomic factors.<br />

Laws and regulations, market data, infrastructure and Chinese technology policy form the first<br />

group, characteristics of Chinese companies, be they customers or potential partners for a<br />

joint venture or co-production belong to the micro environment.<br />

External Determinants<br />

Macro Environment Micro Environment<br />

� Laws and regulations<br />

1. Trade barriers<br />

2. Investment regulations<br />

3. Licensing and Patent Laws<br />

4. Export requirements<br />

5. Employment regulations<br />

6. Investment incentives<br />

7. Repatriation of profit<br />

� Market data<br />

1. Economic growth<br />

2. Demand for foreign high-tech products<br />

(industrial and consumer)<br />

� Infrastructure<br />

1. Physical infrastructure<br />

2. Scientific infrastructure<br />

3. Supplier infrastructure<br />

4. Human resource infrastructure<br />

5. Financial services infrastructure<br />

� Technology policy of central government<br />

TABLE 3-11: External Determinants<br />

� Chinese Customers<br />

1. Need for technology<br />

2. Preferred business model for<br />

technology transfer<br />

3. Financial situation,<br />

access to hard currency<br />

4. Size<br />

� Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partners<br />

1. Type of company (ownership) and<br />

its characteristics<br />

2. Technological capabilities<br />

3. Size<br />

4. Guanxi<br />

5. Financial Situation<br />

110


3.3.1.3 <strong>The</strong> Role of Technology<br />

Management of SMEs is certainly aware of the importance of proprietary technology and<br />

know-how for the company, yet the role of technology in the internationalisation process and<br />

especially in the Chinese context may not be fully understood.<br />

� History of Chinese technology imports<br />

� Type of technology (process or product)<br />

� Competition for the specific technology<br />

� Protection of technology<br />

TABLE 3-12: Technology Determinants<br />

Technology Determinants<br />

3.3.2 SME’s Objectives for <strong>China</strong> Activities<br />

� Transferability of technology<br />

� Dependance of SME on that technology<br />

� Payment for Technology<br />

� Length of technology cycle<br />

Unlike the “conventional” proceeding, that is to investigate pros and cons of the different<br />

market entry vehicles, the concept of underlying “objectives”, which initially trigger the<br />

SME’s <strong>China</strong> activities, shall be introduced. <strong>The</strong> reason is that in the logical sequential<br />

process companies define an objective such as “cheap production for the world market” or<br />

“e xploiting domestic sales opportunities” before they select a vehicle to accomplish the<br />

chosen objective. Depending on the underlying objective, one and the same entry mode could<br />

be either the best choice or totally inappropriate. A given objective may reduce the number of<br />

appropriate market entry vehicles to chose from; a company that intends to use <strong>China</strong> as<br />

cheap production base for example, will certainly not consider exporting as viable strategy to<br />

reach its goal.<br />

<strong>The</strong> “underlying objective” is the element of the company’s overall strategy which defines the<br />

company’s goal for international activities. It determines which of the internal, external and<br />

technology elements are relevant and influence the market entry mode decision. Speaking in<br />

terms of a contingency approach, the underlying objective is a new variable on a higher level,<br />

determining the relevance of internal, external and technological factors.<br />

111


Exploiting Sales<br />

Opportunities<br />

Micro Environment <strong>China</strong><br />

IP Trading<br />

Understanding of<br />

own Bargaining<br />

Position<br />

SME’s Objectives in <strong>China</strong><br />

External Determinants<br />

Technology Determinants<br />

Internal Determinants<br />

Choice of<br />

Market Entry<br />

Strategy<br />

Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages<br />

FIGURE 3-18: <strong>The</strong> choice of Market Entry Strategy<br />

Understanding<br />

the Role of<br />

Technology<br />

Macro Environment <strong>China</strong><br />

Research<br />

Cooperation<br />

<strong>The</strong> following sections attempt to categorise the objectives of high-tech SMEs who engage in<br />

business activities with or in <strong>China</strong>. Feasible business vehicles are listed for each of the five<br />

identified categories without giving a ranking or an evaluation.<br />

3.3.2.1 Objective 1: Exploiting Domestic Sales Opportunities<br />

<strong>The</strong> acceleration of technological change has shortened product life cycles and made product<br />

development more costly, especially for companies in R&D intensive high-tech industries.<br />

Foreign sales may help to recover R&D expenditures quickly before the product or<br />

technology developed becomes obsolete or imitated by competitors. Besides, economies of<br />

scale in R&D make it too expensive for SMEs to engage in several isolated research projects<br />

in parallel (Lindquvist 1991). Without diversification through product and process<br />

development, accessing foreign markets may be the only viable option for growth.<br />

Export only<br />

<strong>The</strong> first objective SMEs may have is to exploit perceived sales opportunities for their high-<br />

tech products without building substantial operations in <strong>China</strong>. SMEs who follow this path<br />

consider their products to be competitive on the Chinese market or want to test customer<br />

acceptance. Initially, these companies do not intend to produce locally but rely on their<br />

manufacturing sites which are located elsewhere, most likely in their home country. Often a<br />

market entry through “sales only” is a first step in sequential market penetration process.<br />

Maintenance and<br />

After Sales Servivce<br />

112


Indirect export and direct export are two possible vehicles to build up sales in <strong>China</strong>. While<br />

indirect export does not permit influence on the marketing and distribution channels because<br />

of intermediaries involved, direct export gives at least some control on marketing and<br />

distribution. It relies on the followin g principal vehicles: the foreign agent/distributor channel<br />

and the branch/subsidiary channel (Root, 1982). In <strong>China</strong> the latter is limited to a mere<br />

representative function; by Chinese law, representative offices are not allowed to conduct any<br />

business activities such as concluding commercial contracts.<br />

Finding a well established trading house in <strong>China</strong> is a difficult task, especially for SMEs.<br />

Large trading houses with a good geographical coverage in <strong>China</strong> prefer to work with big<br />

companies who boast high sales volumes. Problems increase when the SME wants the trading<br />

house to market and sell high tech products that require sophisticated service and<br />

maintenance. SMEs most likely have to rely on smaller companies which do not cover all<br />

Chinese provinces and ha ve less resources to provide technical maintenance and after sales<br />

service.<br />

Market Opportunities: “Going <strong>China</strong>” as a Strategic Long Term Decision<br />

More resources are required when <strong>China</strong> engagement is seen as long term strategic decision,<br />

i.e. the Chinese market is considered a strategic target market for the company. Beside<br />

pr oduction facilities in the country, marketing and sales activities are essential for a long term<br />

foothold. SMEs who follow this path may want to set up a representative office first, but as<br />

these are not allowed to conduct any business, this cannot be more than an initial step. All<br />

joint venture forms and the wholly owned foreign enterprise (WOFE) are possible vehicles for<br />

long term presence.<br />

3.3.2.2 Objective 2: Exploiting Existing Know-How and Proprietary Technology<br />

Many SMEs are not able to commit substantial financial and human resources to a <strong>China</strong><br />

engagement. However, besides the sales approach described above, high-tech companies have<br />

the opportunity to exploit their existing know -how in the Chinese market – often referred to as<br />

“pure technology transfer”.<br />

Tangible items of “pure technology” include technical blueprints, manuals, patent rights on<br />

products and processes or documented process knowledge, just to give a few examples.<br />

Intangible elements are implicit knowledge and experience which are embedded in the people<br />

who handle or develop the technology. To ensure successful technology transfer, these<br />

“knowledge carriers” should be involved in the transfer process.<br />

113


<strong>The</strong> most common vehicles for commercial transfer of pure technology are various forms of<br />

“technology sale”. <strong>The</strong>se forms differ mainly in the payment methods agreed upon. Another<br />

vehicle of “pure technology transfer” are training courses offered to Chinese technicians.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y are often a mandatory element within a larger contract, e.g. when complicated<br />

equipment has been sold for which operators and maintenance staff need instruction. Training<br />

as stand-alone vehicle for technology transfer is rare as it is resource intensive and as there is<br />

no immediate need on the Chinese side without equipment purchase. Large companies<br />

organise seminars on their technology and products, but this is rather a marketing instrument.<br />

Chinese buyers and involved engineers are invited to these events which are held in <strong>China</strong> or<br />

even overseas.<br />

3.3.2.3 Objective 3: Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages<br />

Cost effective production mainly for export purposes is usually a step up the ladder in terms<br />

of resource requirements. SMEs who have the intention to use lower factor costs to reduce<br />

production cost have several options, but should consider that costs incurred for other than<br />

low-skilled manual labour are often as high or even higher than in many Western countries.<br />

Possible vehicles include contract production (questionable if in the case of high-tech<br />

products quality requirements can be met by the subcontractor), equity and co-operative joint<br />

ve ntures and wholly owned foreign enterprises.<br />

3.3.2.4 Objective 4: Providing After Sales Service and Maintenance<br />

Sooner or later a high-tech SME may be confronted with the need to service equipment and<br />

products sold to <strong>China</strong>. Servicing from the home base is a suitable option as long as response<br />

times are acceptable and as long technicians have to visit the Chinese customers only once in<br />

a while. With increasing stock of equipment sold to <strong>China</strong>, the ongoing service requirements<br />

grow and with them the need for local responsiveness. <strong>The</strong> reorganisation of the SME’s<br />

service and maintenance strategy in <strong>China</strong> may become necessary.<br />

However, setting up a service and maintenance organisation in <strong>China</strong> is not as straightforward<br />

as in most other countries. Representative offices are limited to a mere representation function<br />

by law, wholly foreign owned enterprises (WOFEs) cannot be set up as service -only<br />

companies because the Chinese government restricts full ownership of a company to<br />

manufacturing enterprises. However, it is possible that a manufacturing WOFE also provides<br />

service and maintenance for products produced and sold in <strong>China</strong>. Two legal possibilities<br />

remain: the foundation of a Chinese-foreign joint venture to carry out service and<br />

114


maintenance or the use of established trading companies who are allowed to offer technical<br />

service and maintenance. <strong>The</strong> first option means to share substantial technical knowledge with<br />

a Chinese partner, the second option may not offer the same quality of service because<br />

technicians employed by the trading house are rarely specialists for one particular machine,<br />

they have to service a whole range of technical equipment.<br />

3.3.2.5 Objective 5: Research and Development<br />

Little is known about companies venturing into <strong>China</strong> to benefit from the scientific resources<br />

and to carry out R&D. It might be an option in very specific circumstances, where a Chinese<br />

partner, be it a University, a state-run research laboratory or a private research organisation,<br />

possesses technology that is of interest to a foreign SME. Cases with MNC involvement are<br />

known in the field of biotechnological research and in the aerospace industry.<br />

A German-Chinese office for the co-ordination of joint fundamental and applied research is<br />

currently in the planning stage but negotiations with the Chinese side are lengthy and<br />

difficult; it will be funded by the German federal ministry for research and technology and<br />

acts on behalf of major German public and private research organisations.<br />

3.3.3 Assessment of Bargaining Situations for SMEs<br />

Understanding the “Bargaining Position”<br />

In the short run neither internal nor external determinants can be influenced and altered by the<br />

SME. <strong>The</strong>y are fixed given facts which determine the choice of the market entry vehicle.<br />

However, the decision on the entry mode is made by a human being; thus all determinants are<br />

subject to interpretation. Correct interpretation requires good understanding of all<br />

determinants, especially of the role of advanced technology in the Chinese context.<br />

Understanding alone is not sufficient: the responsible manager must draw conclusions from<br />

the set of dete rminants, he must anticipate opportunities and risks. Knowledge about potential<br />

“bargaining partners” such as for example local Chinese governments or potential joint<br />

venture partners and the position of the own company in negotiations with these partners,<br />

knowledge about its strengths and weaknesses and the sources of bargaining power, are<br />

imperative to make the best possible choice.<br />

Interpreting the determinants, drawing conclusions and understanding the bargaining position<br />

of the partner are a matter of preparation. This is a difficult task for a manager with limited<br />

time and no or little experience in the Chinese business environment.<br />

115


Knowledge about the own position in a bargaining situation, about own strengths and<br />

weaknesses in negotiations and about the sources of bargaining power are a prerequisite to<br />

use the available “assets” to their fullest benefit.<br />

This section aims to help SMEs to understand their position in a “bargaining situation” in the<br />

Chinese context. First, the importance of every bargaining constellation such as for example<br />

SME – local banks in case of direct export or SME – Chinese Customer in case of a<br />

service/maintenance joint venture is rated. Second, interesting bargaining relations, i.e.<br />

situations where a SME is expected to have at least some bargaining power, are analysed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following chart gives an overview of possible relations between a SME and its bargaining<br />

partners. Every intersection of rows and columns represents one possible bargaining situation.<br />

Depending on the SME’s intention and the chosen entry vehicle, the bargaining arenas differ<br />

widely in respect to bargaining partners and the relevance of the relation with them. While the<br />

relation with Chinese customers, for example, are highly relevant if the product is targeting<br />

the Chinese market, this relation does not exist in the case of “exploiting cost advantages” and<br />

producing for export only. According to the importance of a relation, intersections of rows<br />

and a columns are marked with X (low), XX (medium) or XXX (high). An intersection<br />

marked with a 0 denotes that in this constelation no significant relation exists, i.e. the two<br />

parties can act without influencing each other.<br />

116


Government<br />

Central<br />

Exploiting Sales Opportunities<br />

Local Government<br />

<strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

Chinese-Joint<br />

Rep. Office XX X 0 XXX 0 0 0 X X<br />

Direct Export X 0 0 XXX 0 0 XXX X XX<br />

Indirect Export 0 0 0 X 0 0 X 0 0<br />

Exploiting existing know-how / IP trade<br />

Licensing X XX 0 0 XXX 0 0 X 0<br />

IP Sale X XX 0 0 XXX 0 0 X X<br />

Training courses X X 0 0 XX 0 0 0 X<br />

Exploiting comparative cost advantages<br />

Contract<br />

Production<br />

Chinese Customer<br />

0 X XXX 0 0 XX 0 X X<br />

EJV, CJV XX XXX XXX 0 0 XXX 0 XXX XX<br />

WOFE XX XXX 0 0 0 XXX 0 X XXX<br />

Getting a long term strategic foothold in the Chinese market<br />

Rep. Office X X 0 X 0 X 0 X X<br />

EJV, CJV XX XXX XXX XXX 0 X 0 XXX XX<br />

WOFE XX XXX 0 XXX 0 X 0 X XXX<br />

Following a major customer<br />

Licensing X X XX 0 0 0 0 0 0<br />

EJV, CJV X XX XXX X 0 X 0 XXX XX<br />

WOFE X XX 0 X 0 X 0 X XXX<br />

Providing service and maintenance<br />

EJV, CJV XX XX XXX XX 0 0 0 XXX XXX<br />

Licensing 0 X XX 0 0 0 0 0 0<br />

TABLE 3-13: Relations between a SME and its bargaining partners<br />

Recipient<br />

Technology<br />

Customer<br />

Home Country<br />

Distributor<br />

Trading House /<br />

Local Banks<br />

Foreign Banks<br />

117


This evaluation does not rate SMEs’ bargaining power; it rather shows the importance of the<br />

relation for SMEs’ operations. Not all of the identified relations are real bargaining relations.<br />

<strong>The</strong> SME may be in such a weak position, that it is forced into compliance with the given<br />

environment and existing rules. This is particularly true for all relations with the central<br />

government and financial institutions. In terms of bargaining power a single SME is a<br />

lightweight against these “partners” and most likely has to comply with the rules.<br />

This section will shed some light onto four of the more promising and interesting bargaining<br />

situations, i.e. relations where SMEs are expected to have at least some bargaining power: 1)<br />

SME – local Chinese authorities, 2) SME – Chinese joint venture partner, 3) SME – trading<br />

house/distributor and 4) SME – technology recipient. First, the interests of both bargaining<br />

partners are briefly summarised for each of the given situations. Second, conflicting interests<br />

are identified. In a third step an estimation is given about the relative bargain ing strength of<br />

the SME. To come up with a reasonable estimate it is imperative to understand the sources of<br />

bargaining power.<br />

3.3.3.1 Bargaining Situation I: SME – Local Chinese Authorities<br />

High-Tech SME Local Chinese Authorities<br />

• Efficient authorities, fast approval procedures<br />

• Adequate infrastructure<br />

• Free choice of legal vehicle<br />

• Protection of technology, e.g. long license periods<br />

• No export quota<br />

• Free repatriation of profit<br />

• Attracting high-tech companies into the province<br />

• Ensure absorption of high tech � joint ventures<br />

preferred<br />

• Personal benefits such as gifts and international<br />

travel<br />

• Comply with central government’s rules<br />

• Tax collection<br />

TABLE 3-14: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

Chinese Authorities<br />

As local authorities are empowered to approve investment projects below 30 million US$,<br />

they are in charge of most applications made by SMEs. To speed up approval procedures in<br />

the special economic zones, there are tight review deadlines for the approving authorities. If<br />

they cannot come up with an decision in time, the application is automatically considered<br />

approved. Growing competition among local government in their attempt to lure FDI into<br />

their province lead to this streamlined approval process (Foreign Investment Administration,<br />

1995). However, issuing the required business license still may take many months.<br />

Local governments, especially in the coastal provinces have realised that high tech companies<br />

have special requirements in terms of physical infrastructure. Beside the industrial parks<br />

which usually provide a good infrastructure, specialised “high-tech parks” are currently set up<br />

118


in the most advanced provinces and municipalities. Only technology based companies are<br />

eligible to set up operations in such privileged areas. In these parks which are often foreign<br />

planned and sometimes administered 115 with foreign help, power supply, water quality and<br />

telecommunications facilities are on par with Western standards.<br />

Everything seems to be nicely set up for foreign SMEs, but conflicting interests exist when it<br />

comes to the question of technology transfer. On the one hand SMEs tend to be secretive<br />

about their proprietary knowledge and are reluctant to share it with a partner. On the other<br />

hand that is exactly one major goal of the Chinese side: full and rapid assimilation of the<br />

technology. <strong>The</strong>refore, joint ventures are clearly favoured by the Chinese side because<br />

technology transfer to the Chinese Partner is inevitable. License periods are limited by law to<br />

a maximum of ten years, Chinese workers must be given compulsory training (Chen, 1993),<br />

extensive guarantees by the SME are specified in a technology transfer contract.<br />

<strong>The</strong> technology offered is by far the single most important source of power during<br />

negotiations. <strong>The</strong> more a SME is willing to share, the better is its position in negotiations. As<br />

the competition among regional governments is fierce, many questions are negotiable.<br />

Although the preferred legal vehicle is the joint venture, it is no problem to set up a company<br />

as WOFE. High-tech companies are usually able to negotiate a 0% export quota regardless of<br />

the legal form chosen (Foreign Investment Administration, 1995) 116 . Longer license periods<br />

have been granted in some instances and repatriation of profit made in <strong>China</strong> is partly<br />

possible. Ample time for negotiations, high profile negotiation teams, flexibility and a clever<br />

way to deal with unofficial requests (gifts, international travel) are other elements that<br />

strengthen the SME’s negotiation power. To sum up, SMEs have a relatively good position in<br />

dealing with local authorities, provided they offer genuine high-tech, that has a high priority<br />

on <strong>China</strong>’s “technology shopping list”.<br />

115<br />

Example: Suzhou Industrial Park, a Singapore – <strong>China</strong> joint venture, jointly run but planned by<br />

Singapore’s Economic Development Board.<br />

116<br />

Companies with foreign held equity usually have to export a certain percentage of their production,<br />

depending on the type of product and the legal form.<br />

119


3.3.3.2 Bargaining Situation II: SME – Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

High-Tech SME Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

• Cheap production for export or<br />

• Long term foothold or<br />

• Service & maintenance<br />

• Technology as equity<br />

• Keep control of operations<br />

• Getting access to distribution networks<br />

• Short term focus<br />

• Get rid off own excess staff<br />

• Personal motives: travel, etc.<br />

• Upgrade of product and process technologies<br />

• Getting access to foreign markets<br />

TABLE 3-15: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

Chinese JV Partners<br />

When a SME considers a joint venture as entry vehicle, be it for export oriented production,<br />

getting a long term foothold in the market or to provide service and maintenance for its<br />

products, its goal is usually for a stable and long lasting presence in <strong>China</strong>. Eventual profits<br />

are often reinvested to support the future growth of the joint venture. Chinese companies tend<br />

to have a short term focus; in many cases the goal is to make profit and extract from the<br />

operation as much as possible instead of reinvesting the profit. Conflicts are difficult to avoid<br />

because the different time horizons lead to different business strategies. Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />

(EJV) where both parties hold an equity share are generally more stable than Contractual Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV) where co-operation is based on a contract without strict equity requirements.<br />

To minimise problems, special attention has to be given to a careful partner selection.<br />

One of the biggest problems is the valuation of assets brought into the joint venture as equity<br />

by the parties. Machinery, technology and hard currency is usually contributed by the SME<br />

while the Chinese partner provides land, eventually buildings, a sales organisation and<br />

manpower. Equity contribution in form of technology (know -how, patent rights, etc.) is<br />

restricted by law to 20% of the total equity. Often land and buildings are evaluated much too<br />

high so that the Chinese side gets the desired equity stake which is relevant for profit<br />

distribution and control of the joint venture. SMEs and MNCs alike usually have to make<br />

concessions in this question.<br />

Overstaffing is a serious problem in many Chinese companies. Getting rid of excess staff<br />

might be a motive to form a joint venture. Like in the equity issue, concessions to the Chinese<br />

side are often necessary. Both issues are hard to solve and are a common reason for the failure<br />

of JV negotiations.<br />

One important, if not the most important reason for a SME to opt for the joint venture solution<br />

is the expectation that the Chinese partner has a lot of “guanxi” and a well developed sales<br />

120


network through which the products of the joint venture can be sold. Reality often does not<br />

meet expectations: it is almost impossible to evaluate the quality of guanxi or the efficiency of<br />

the sales network. <strong>China</strong> is a huge country and it is unlikely that a joint venture partner has a<br />

strong presence in all provinces. Those who have, are large enterprises but these have most<br />

likely already been picked as partners by the foreign MNCs who were first in <strong>China</strong>. If the<br />

sales network is a major reason to form the joint venture, the partner must have at least sales<br />

experience with similar products. While the foreign SME wants to get access to the Chinese<br />

market, the Chinese partner may have in mind to improve product qua lity through new<br />

technology and then attack foreign markets with competitive products: Again, a potential<br />

source for conflicts.<br />

Personal motives of Chinese managers to form a joint venture are among the most dangerous<br />

because they are mostly of egoistic nature. One objective may be to benefit through gifts and<br />

business travel in the short run but the well being of the joint venture is not a prime issue. If<br />

there is no genuine business interest from the Chinese side, the joint venture is doomed to fail.<br />

To asses the source of SMEs’ bargaining power in respect to the joint venture partner, two<br />

situations are distinguished: 1) JV negotiations and 2) JV operation.<br />

1. Again, the technology offered is one of the major sources of power. It is also the main<br />

reason for which the SME becomes an interesting partner for a Chinese company. <strong>The</strong> actual<br />

situation depends on how urgently the technology is needed, if the technology is unique or<br />

available from other companies. In the latter case it is important if the Chinese company has<br />

eventually sufficient funds to buy or license the technology from a third party. A high profile<br />

delegation, sufficient time and a careful preparation with contingency plans improve the<br />

bargaining situation considerably.<br />

2. Once the joint venture is in operation, the actual bargaining power is very much a function<br />

of the equity stake hold by the SME. However, this is not a linear function! Whoever has the<br />

majority usually dictates the business strategy and has control over important decisions. This<br />

does not necessarily mean that once a SME holds the majority everything is fine: a good<br />

relation to the JV’s management is equally important, no matter from which side it is<br />

appointed. Regular visits are necessary to create and maintain such a relationship.<br />

Fast moving technologies bear an intrinsic source of bargaining power: updates and<br />

improvements that are developed at the SME’s home location are often desirable to be<br />

implemented in the joint venture – but new technology has its price! <strong>The</strong> possession of the<br />

latest technology is always a power factor in negotiations with Chinese.<br />

121


<strong>The</strong> bargaining power of a SME in relation to that of a Chinese partner cannot be generalised.<br />

It is determined by many factors, not only by the technology and its availability but also by<br />

the size of the partner, its financial strength, the experience of the negotiation team, among<br />

many others. It may range from very strong to almost insignificant.<br />

3.3.3.3 Bargaining Situation III: SME – Trading House / Distributor<br />

High-Tech SME Trading House / Distributor<br />

• Wide geographical coverage, preferably whole of<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

• Excellent service and maintenance for products<br />

• Committed marketing<br />

• Brand name<br />

• High margin<br />

• High volume sales<br />

• 1st priority: established customers<br />

• SME only if product has excellent market potential,<br />

competitive product<br />

TABLE 3-16: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

distributors<br />

As outlined in a previous paper, large foreign trading houses who cover many provinces<br />

usually have a long track record of activities in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>y have stable long term<br />

relationships with the companies which they represent, often large MNCs with well known<br />

brand names. Usually they are reluctant to take SMEs as new clients. Only under special<br />

circumstances: when the SME’s product complements the existing product mix or when the<br />

product has an especially high market potential in <strong>China</strong>, new applicants will be considered 117 .<br />

Still then, SMEs will often be only second league clients in terms of marketing effort or<br />

service and maintenance support.<br />

In general, smaller trading houses are willing to take new clients, provided the products fit<br />

into their existing product portfolio. Although new SMEs may be along with others equal<br />

“first league clients”, the small trading house may not have the resources to do an efficient<br />

marketing or to give appropriate service support to the customer. <strong>The</strong>y are unlikely to cover<br />

the whole of <strong>China</strong> but focus a geographic region.<br />

Sources of bargaining power vis a vis a large trading house are obvious: the greater the<br />

market potential of the product (as estimated by the trading house), the more likely the trading<br />

house will give appropriate attention to the product (marketing effort and customer service).<br />

<strong>The</strong> same is true for excellent price competitiveness, meaning the trading house can realise<br />

high margins. Although SMEs do not have well known brand names such as for example<br />

117 Presentation at Sieber Hegner Trading, Shanghai, 17.04.1997.<br />

122


Siemens or Motorola, they may have a reputation and a well known brand name in their niche<br />

market – a fact that should help in negotiations with a trading house. To sum up briefly,<br />

unless an SME’s product has not an extraordinary market potential, the bargaining position of<br />

SMEs in respect to large well established trading houses is rather weak.<br />

3.3.3.4 Bargaining Relation IV: SME – Chinese Technology Recipient<br />

High-Tech SME Chinese Technology Recipient<br />

• Appropriate price for technology<br />

• Free choice of business model (licensing, sale,<br />

royalties)<br />

• Delivery of appropriate technology to avoid<br />

problems<br />

• Protection of technology<br />

• Low cost upgrading of process and product<br />

technology, new products<br />

• Complete disclosure of technology<br />

• Extensive guarantees<br />

• Most advanced technology<br />

• Training<br />

• No tie-in contracts<br />

• No restriction on sales region and no min. sales<br />

price<br />

TABLE 3-17: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />

Chinese Technology Recipient<br />

Regardless of the form of payment, SMEs expect an adequate financial compensation for<br />

technology transfer. This leads to a first set of problems (Guo / Akroyd, 1996): Chinese<br />

technology buyers are very cost sensitive, yet routinely request the most advanced and<br />

sophisticated technology, even though they may lack of foreign exchange, adequate<br />

infrastructure to utilise complex technology and trained personnel (Chen, 1993).<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no tradition of commercial technology transfer in <strong>China</strong>, previously technology was<br />

transferred between the state owned conglomerates free of charge. In the end the price is<br />

us ually the decisive factor, given the technology fulfils the basic requirements. Flexible<br />

pricing strategies, such as modular pricing of individual components are a good method to<br />

make the deal transparent for the Chinese and give them options to chose from. Still, the value<br />

of a technology is often hotly debated in negotiations.<br />

Asking for the most advanced technology is understandable from the Chinese point of view –<br />

catching up with the first league industrialised countries as fast as possible is an implicit goal<br />

in many actions. However, in many cases leading front end technology is inappropriate and<br />

only a second best solution. Technology providers face the problem that they have to give<br />

guarantees concerning the performance of the technology although they do not ha ve control<br />

over the quality of material inputs or correct handling of the process. <strong>The</strong>y are trapped in a<br />

dilemma, knowing that a more mature technology suits better for the purpose while the<br />

123


Chinese insist on cutting edge technology. If the technology proves to be too advanced for the<br />

Chinese recipient, employees may mishandle the equipment due to lack of sufficient training,<br />

which could badly damage the foreign suppliers reputation.<br />

According to Confucian philosophy copying is a legitimate and clever way of learning; moral<br />

scruples do not exist. For an SME whose major asset is proprietary technology, it is<br />

imperative to control and to protect its technology from unauthorised use, copying and<br />

dissemination. Holding back key components (delivering them as bla ck box) is one defensive<br />

strategy. SMEs involved with rapidly evolving high-technology face probably less risk when<br />

transferring their top end technology to <strong>China</strong>. Once the Chinese fully master this technology,<br />

a succeeding technology generation has already been developed. Thus the risk of creating a<br />

competitor is minimal.<br />

Although Chinese Patent and Licensing Laws are of Western standard, law enforcement is<br />

still very weak (Kloth 1996). Dissemination of delivered technology is almost beyond control<br />

of a foreign SME; it happens that a process technology license is given for one manufacturing<br />

plant, that fees for this plant are paid regularly but that the technology is used in similar<br />

facilities without gratification and notification of the licensor.<br />

<strong>The</strong> risk of creating a competitor on the world market is inherent to process and product<br />

technology transfer. Chinese Licensing Laws do not permit any geographical restriction of the<br />

sales area of the products deriving from licensed or bought technology. Minimum sales prices<br />

are forbidden, giving the Chinese way to conquer established markets with dumping price<br />

strategies. However, it seems that only the largest Chinese firms have the experience and<br />

management resources to become a serious competitor on the world market.<br />

As Paul reflected on his <strong>China</strong> venture, he realised the wisdom of Mr. Zheng in his dealings<br />

with the Chinese partner. Mr. Zheng’s good business relationships with the Chinese partners<br />

involved not only the provision of a foreign market for Chinese goods, but also the essential<br />

help and advice which he gives to them in terms of improvement to the products as well as the<br />

introduction of various appropriate technologies to the Chinese partner. When appropriate,<br />

Mr. Zheng has even helped the Chinese partners source for technology in Europe. Paul began<br />

to realise the reasons for the strengths and depths of Mr. Zheng’s relationships with his<br />

124


Chinese partners. He also began to realise why he could not seem to make any headway with<br />

his Chinese partners once Mr. Zheng is gone. Without extra “technology service” which Mr.<br />

Zheng is providing, the strategic partnership may not be too attractive to the Chinese partners.<br />

“Technology service” was never part of the formal agreement to co-operate in the existing<br />

trading arrangements. Similarly, the often necessary inspection and assembly activities<br />

relating to the trading activities were also never specified in any written agreement with<br />

Chinese partners. <strong>The</strong>se anomalies according to Paul’s past perception would now appear to<br />

be central to the business relationships Mr. Zheng had developed and critical to their<br />

maintenance over the longer term.<br />

Paul continued to read on about the cultural factors relating to the negotiations for a Joint<br />

<strong>Venture</strong> in <strong>China</strong>. Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller wrote:<br />

3.4 Negotiating for a Joint <strong>Venture</strong>: Strategic Considerations (by Brigitta Joho<br />

and Jürgen Müller)<br />

For many people in the West, <strong>China</strong> is not only geographically but also culturally very far<br />

away. Although modern communication technology gave us a closer link to the Asian world,<br />

this region still seems further away than for example Australia. <strong>The</strong> completely different<br />

culture is one major aspect. It is therefore no wonder that companies use Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s as a<br />

first step to enter the Chinese market. <strong>The</strong> way to a successful Joint <strong>Venture</strong> is long and full of<br />

problems. <strong>The</strong> missing language ability is certainly not the biggest obstacle, but the lack of<br />

intercultural competence, social and economic knowledge and experience.<br />

<strong>The</strong> keys to a successful European–Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> lie in a very good preparation for<br />

the Chinese culture and for any problem which could await the investor, as well as the ability<br />

to use the opportunities provided by an intercultural partnership. This paper tries to highlight<br />

the main differences between German and Swiss values and customs on one side, and Chinese<br />

on the other.<br />

To illustrate these differences we proceed in the following way: In a first step we build the<br />

foundation for our paper, by giving a rough overview about the meaning of culture in its three<br />

different levels and their functions. In the next section we present a more theoretical approach<br />

to the Chinese way of doing business, and in the last part we summarise the experiences<br />

gathered through the inte rviews with different companies. Finally, we would give some<br />

recommendations on how to do business in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

125


3.4.1 Culture<br />

Culture influences both economic behaviour and performance. In the Asian-Pacific region,<br />

several cultural and religious traditions exist: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Hinduism,<br />

Islam and Christianity. Additionally, Western attitudes like Liberalism and Communism have<br />

also influenced this region. 118<br />

Corporate<br />

culture<br />

business culture<br />

national culture<br />

FIGURE 3-19: Three levels of culture<br />

When we talk about culture in this context, we have to differentiate between three stages: the<br />

national culture, the business culture and the corporate culture. <strong>The</strong>se different levels cannot<br />

be separated, they interact.<br />

3.4.1.1 National Culture<br />

National culture provides the basis for our behaviour, way of thinking, customs, etc. We are<br />

socialised into our culture and we learn through culturally defined symbols which have<br />

specific meanings. Through socialisation people gain shared understandin g in a society to<br />

allow adequately for predictable and co-ordinated social activities. 119 In essence, this<br />

constituted our cultural background, and is the main reason why people from other societies<br />

are different from us. Culture does have its basic functions like division of labour, providing<br />

social controls against deviant behaviour, distribution of power, and providing a sense of<br />

priorities and values. 120<br />

At this point it is important to make a distinction between ‘nation’ and ‘country’. It is<br />

common to say that a nation, e.g. the Germans, live in one country, which is in this case<br />

Germany. But this view is too simplistic, separating different nationalities along country<br />

118 Schütte/Lasserre, 1996, p. 101.<br />

119 Terpstra/David, 1991, p. 20.<br />

120 Phatak, 1992, p. 9.<br />

126


orders. However, a country may also consist of peoples of different nationalities or ethnic<br />

groups, such as former Yugoslavia, the former USSR or Malaysia. 121 <strong>The</strong>re are also<br />

nationalities whose people straddle more than one country, such as the Kurds or the Basks.<br />

3.4.1.2 Business Culture<br />

Business culture is a sub-culture of the national culture. It often requires learning of cultural<br />

knowledge relevant to a person’s participation in the wider social-economic world. Business<br />

culture comprises the effective rules of the game, the boundaries between competition and<br />

unethical behaviour, the codes for conduct in business dealings. 122<br />

We will discuss the differences in business culture between Europe and <strong>China</strong> in section<br />

Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong>, later in this<br />

paper.<br />

3.4.1.3 Corporate culture<br />

A business is an organisational entity with its own common and shared values. Characteristics<br />

of a corporate culture are shared values (e.g. ethical values on how to do business, business<br />

ideologies, and ideas of quality, co-operation, tolerance, hierarchy, control, etc.), shared<br />

norms (guidelines, leadership principles, etc.), shared attitudes (attitudes of the employees<br />

towards task, product, colleagues, leadership, company, development, customers, etc.) and<br />

shared artefacts (languages and language rules, behaviour, architecture, conferences and<br />

meetings, parties, rituals and ceremonies, myths and anecdotes, etc.). 123<br />

Just like in the society, sub-cultures can also exist in a company. This could be due to the<br />

different functional, hierarchical, regional, or other affiliations of the members, or due to<br />

differences in their nationalities, sex, age, and other personal characteristics. 124<br />

3.4.2 Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and<br />

<strong>China</strong><br />

What we are going to discuss in this sec tion should give you a general idea of Chinese<br />

business life and its culture. However, it does not guarantee a procedure without any difficulty<br />

121 Stüdlein, 1997, p. 36.<br />

122 Terpstra/David, 1991, p. 20.<br />

123 Stüdlein, 1997, pp. 38.<br />

124 Stüdlein, 1997, p. 39.<br />

127


in negotiations and communication with your Chinese partner. We should always keep in<br />

mind that human beings are individuals all over the world, it doesn’t matter if they come from<br />

Germany, Switzerland, Africa, or <strong>China</strong>. Each person needs to be treated individually.<br />

3.4.2.1 Understanding of Confucianism<br />

Chinese philosophy and thought have been influenced greatly by Confucianism. Confucius<br />

was born in 551 BC, in what is now called Shandong province, and died in 479 BC. His<br />

ambition was to hold a high government office and reorder society through the administrative<br />

apparatus. <strong>The</strong> glorification of Confucius began after his death, and during the Han Dynasty,<br />

Confucianism effectively became the state “religion". He aimed to instil a feeling of humanity<br />

towards others and respect for oneself, as well as a sense of dignity of human life. Courtesy,<br />

selflessness, magnanimity, diligence and empathy would naturally follow. His ideal person<br />

was competent, poised, fearless, even-tempered and free of violence and vulgarity. 125<br />

<strong>The</strong> understanding of Confucianism may help foreigners to understand the Chinese better,<br />

particularly during negotiations:<br />

• Harmony is the highest goal of action and thought, to maintain it, each person has to seek<br />

compromise, not confrontation.<br />

• Stability of society is based on unequal relationships. This involves mutually binding<br />

obligations.<br />

• A family is the prototype of all social organisations. Every person is member of a family or<br />

group.<br />

• A role played by an individual is more important than the individual.<br />

• One must behave in a virtuous manner towards others. Everyone’s “face” must be<br />

maintained. 126<br />

Harmony is in the centre of morality, righteousness, relationships, virtue, sincerity and thrift.<br />

125 Storey, 1994, p. 72.<br />

126 Rubensdörffer, 1997.<br />

128


Germany/Switzerland <strong>China</strong><br />

democratic, "mündig" (i.e. mature) respectful, obedient<br />

open-direct communication humble, demeanour-circuitous communication<br />

conflict means to clear issues seeking harmony towards all, tenacity<br />

Performance-motivated ready to learn and to take up<br />

active, self-driven patient, respectable, humble<br />

"have fun" thrift, sincerity<br />

advantage-driven morally, conscientious<br />

analytic-researching seeking synthesis/balance<br />

change: challenge, ego stability, tradition, family<br />

creative self-development self-discipline, self-sacrifice<br />

opinion-oriented evasive-"receiver-oriented"<br />

TABLE 3-18: Comparison of Values and Behaviour<br />

3.4.2.2 Guanxi and the importance of family and friends<br />

For the Chinese, their family, including extended family and friends is the central unit. All<br />

members of the family and friends build a society network which can extend all over the<br />

world. This networ k, also called "guanxi", is based on personal loyalty, trust and<br />

responsibility. It takes a lot of time and patience to develop such a network, which involves<br />

lasting relationships. As a result, members of a network are obliged to each other. If someone<br />

is in trouble, the other members will work together on a solution. This social network is a<br />

major reason why Chinese business people can be so successful: <strong>The</strong>y work together and not<br />

against each other. "Guanxi" is carried into the economic system and has an immense<br />

influence on the Chinese decision-maker. For the Western business partner it means that he<br />

has to be conscious of the resulting restrictions as well as advantages when his Chinese<br />

counterpart belongs to such a network. 127<br />

A foreigner in <strong>China</strong> can eve ntually become part of a Chinese person’s circle of family and<br />

friends. However, he is expected to accept the traditional Chinese obligations of being a<br />

friend and must be reliable and dependable. Foreigners, who are not used to such a high level<br />

of mutual dependency can feel the Chinese expectations of friendship extremely burdensome.<br />

Moreover, friendship is expected to last throughout a person’s life. 128<br />

3.4.2.3 Self-Presentation<br />

At the first meeting it is very important that you have a positive effect on your Chinese<br />

partner. It is very helpful for further negotiations, if you are seen as competent and<br />

trustworthy.<br />

127 Melchers 1994, p. 66.<br />

129


Good self-presentation in Germany and Switzerland requires one to show the difference of<br />

one’s own person, the company, the offer and the product compared to others. In <strong>China</strong>, good<br />

self-preparation requires the presentation of one’s own personality which is ready to match<br />

the partners' interests and his existing relationships. <strong>The</strong> search for common interests, to show<br />

one’s own social position as well as to confirm respect for the potential partner, are central<br />

elements of the Chinese self-presentation. This kind of presentation aims at building trust and<br />

confirm trustworthiness. To build trust with someone means in <strong>China</strong> to be ready to confirm<br />

respect to the partner, to occupy oneself with his interests and to be ready to do business with<br />

him. 129<br />

Germany/Switzerland: <strong>China</strong>:<br />

self-confident Respected<br />

Successful know important people<br />

Competent influential<br />

experienced Educated<br />

Modern have luck and be happy<br />

political and cultural interested Experienced<br />

have a clear opinion Modern<br />

be able to afford something have a status<br />

Dynamic, energetic keep conventions<br />

Determined Helpful<br />

Emancipated polite and pleasant<br />

Unordinary to belong to an important family or company<br />

TABLE 3-19: Presentation of the own person 130<br />

128 Dunung, 1995, p. 105.<br />

129 Zailiang/Reisch, 1994, p. 8.<br />

130 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />

130


3.4.2.4 Conversation at the first meeting<br />

Chinese and Swiss/German people touch on different conversational topics at the first<br />

meeting. Europeans like to talk about things which just happened, what they studied or about<br />

their carrier, their own norms, exclusive hobbies, weekend or holiday events or about the<br />

inability of other people. Chinese tell about their own background, what they studied, their<br />

carrier, their stay abroad, food and drinks (very important!), international events, economic<br />

development, help and support offers, social relations and about everything, that is pleasant<br />

and gives a good feeling. 131<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are some topics you should not mention when you get to know your Chinese partner:<br />

• Do not praise yourself or a member of your family. However, it would be nice to praise the<br />

person you are talking to.<br />

• Do not make any critical or debasing remarks on anything.<br />

• Do not mention negative events like illness, misfortune, accident, etc.<br />

• Do not forget to show your positive sympathy and your personal interest for the well-being<br />

and welfare of the person you talk to.<br />

• Do not start controversial discussions.<br />

• Do not try to talk immediately about topics which could end in a conflict.<br />

• Do not get too near to your partner. 132<br />

Germany: <strong>China</strong>:<br />

Offensive, direct indirect defensive<br />

Active reactive, wait and see<br />

Critical take note of the communication<br />

Purposive purposive, reserved<br />

Analytical, systematically systematically<br />

Innovative, dynamically adaptable, open minded<br />

Emotional, engaged calm, self-controlled<br />

like a good colleague respectful, hierarchically distanced<br />

TABLE 3-20: Communication behaviour at the first meeting 133<br />

In short, it can be said that a German or Swiss tries to distinguish himself positively from<br />

others, that means he tries to present himself to be better than others. He does this by stressing<br />

131 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 10.<br />

132 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />

133 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />

131


his own norms and qualifications, or even by criticising others. Through these, he presents<br />

himself as very self-confident, competent and wealthy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese looks at self -presentation differently. In <strong>China</strong> somebody is noticed by others<br />

because he gets respect, he belongs to an important family, or he is a member of an influential<br />

group or because he has the support of other people.<br />

A potential conflict exists when the Chinese considers the Europeans’ behaviour as<br />

embarrassing or overdone. On the other hand, the Europeans cannot stand the self-<br />

presentation of the Chinese because they see their status gesture as ridiculous. Moreover they<br />

feel hurt by some topics raised by the Chinese.<br />

3.4.2.5 Negotiation process and its communication problems<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a clear difference between the European and Chinese communication process.<br />

Europeans are used to explain their final goal, give reasons for it and whenever possible<br />

defend it. From their point of view, it is the business of the negotiating partner to make his<br />

position clear and to give reasons for his target. Both partners have different goals. <strong>The</strong> final<br />

acceptable result will be somewhere in the middle of the two positions. <strong>The</strong>y reach it by<br />

clarifying the differences, make compromises and concessions to each other. <strong>The</strong> whole<br />

process is accompanied by relevant and logical arguments. <strong>The</strong> trick of the whole procedure is<br />

to receive more concessions than to give.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese do not follow this strategy. For them it is not effective enough, too direct and not<br />

very clever to show at the beginning your own goals to the partner. A Chinese wants to know<br />

his partner first and get an idea of him so that he can assess if he is the right person to work<br />

with. For these reasons the Chinese communication strategy does not start with the building<br />

up of positions and clarifying divergence but starts with agreements where the negotiating<br />

partners have a lot in common. Up to here they try to widen the spectrum of agreements. <strong>The</strong><br />

negotiation begins only when there is a subject where the divergence is low and the chance is<br />

high to come to an agreement. <strong>The</strong> more delicate a subject and the bigger the differences, the<br />

more they will postpone discussion on the subject. <strong>The</strong> reason is simple. <strong>The</strong> more time spent<br />

on negotiations, the higher the possibility that the counterpart will agree and make<br />

concessions. Moreover, the longer the negotiations go, the better the Chinese get to know the<br />

partner and his strengths and weaknesses. With this strategy the goals of the Chinese appear<br />

132


only after a certain time and even then, is made known step by step. 134 If difficulties arise<br />

during the negotiation process and the partners do not come to a solution or when a position is<br />

not acceptable, the Chinese leave the subject aside and go on to the next topic or change the<br />

level of discussion. It might appear to you that Chinese wants to drag out the discussions in<br />

order to wear down your patience gradually. In fact, the decision-making process in <strong>China</strong> is<br />

often slower than in Europe. <strong>The</strong> Chinese wants to avoid disharmony and may require inputs<br />

from national, provincial and local levels. 135 This interruption of the discussion does not mean,<br />

that the Chinese is giving up. If the subject is important for them, they will come back to it<br />

again at a later time. Chinese can be very persistent and do not just give up. German and<br />

Swiss mana gers often have problems with this style of negotiation. <strong>The</strong>y are used to discuss a<br />

subject until they get to a result. However, Chinese often change the topic although they did<br />

not find a solution. In their eyes a change in the discussion level helps to relax and can lead to<br />

a better atmosphere, making it easier to make progress in the negotiation. This tactic can be<br />

very stressful for Europeans who are determined and want to come straight to the point. It is<br />

necessary to be patient in negotiations with the Chinese. Fierce outbursts will not earn you<br />

any respect. Patience, flexibility and creativity are the keys in negotiating successfully in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. Be prepared for tough negotiations. Adhere to your principles and objectives. Maintain<br />

a quiet and dignified manner. If problems develop, you should be firm about your limits and<br />

your willingness to work with your counterparts to find a mutually agreeable solution.<br />

As we can see, Chinese and German or Swiss communication strategies differ considerably.<br />

Both sides have different ideas of clever negotiation. By the respectful toughness and<br />

persistence of the Chinese, European managers get the feeling that they want to pull the wool<br />

over their eyes in a systematic way. However, the Chinese do have visible patterns and rules<br />

in their communication strategy. When these patterns are recognised, it is a lot easier for<br />

Europeans to negotiate with the Chinese. 136 It is advisable to allow your counterpart to set the<br />

tone and level for frankness and to follow his lead. Remember, the friendlier Chinese talk<br />

about a subject the more important it is for them. 137<br />

134 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 85.<br />

135 Dunung, 1995, p. 116.<br />

136 Dunung, 1995, p. 86.<br />

137 Heiniger, 1997, p. 134.<br />

133


3.4.2.6 Yes and No<br />

Chinese do not like to say "No" or to be the bearer of negative news. If they do not agree with<br />

something they will hint indirectly by saying something like "It is inconvenient" or they will<br />

raise twice an objection to a subject to show that they do not agree. 138<br />

It is similar with "Yes". Chinese tend to response to nearly everything with "Yes". This could<br />

be an insignificant "Yes" which means "we hear you", a "Yes" which means "we listen to<br />

you", or a "Yes" which really means "Yes". You have to be careful with the interpretation of<br />

the "Yes". It doesn’t always mean an agreement on the Chinese side. If you are not sure of the<br />

meaning of the "Yes" or "No", avoid asking your counterparts directly about the meaning of<br />

the answer. Do not ask embarrassing questions. If an answer is "No" verify it by asking a<br />

question which can be answered positively. 139 It is important that all parties maintain "face".<br />

<strong>The</strong> big challenge for western people means: learn to guess what has been said even though<br />

nothing seemed to have been said. 140<br />

3.4.2.7 Further Differences between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong><br />

Germany/Switzerland <strong>China</strong><br />

functional-objective integrated-intuitive<br />

Analytical Synthetic<br />

Linear non-linear<br />

team hierarchy<br />

refer to things refer to persons<br />

follow principles refer to the situation<br />

individual sense of community<br />

direct approach indirect approach<br />

TABLE 3-21: Manager-thinking: Comparison of Germany/ Switzerland and <strong>China</strong> 141<br />

Further cultural differences arise with regard to business-partnership. Europeans value<br />

control, results and equal rights. <strong>The</strong>y see business as business, want to strengthen their<br />

position and have a legal attachme nt. Chinese, however, value confidence, human attachment,<br />

equality and process. In their eyes business is also a private matter and in a business<br />

relationship, weakness has to be balanced. 142<br />

138 Dunung, 1995, p. 117.<br />

139 Dunung, 1995, p. 117.<br />

140 Heiniger, 1997, pp. 134.<br />

141 Chung/Sievert, 1995, p. 55.<br />

142 Chung/Sievert, Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s, p. 56.<br />

134


3.4.3 Experiences of European Companies with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong><br />

A few years ago, when <strong>China</strong> was still an unknown area for business, not many Europeans<br />

had ever heard anything about intercultural management, and few thought of attending a<br />

training course. Nowadays, some western companies have quite some knowledge about <strong>China</strong><br />

and its culture because of their past experiences. <strong>The</strong>y learned from these experiences and as a<br />

result co-operation with a Chinese partner is much easier today. Most Western employees<br />

who plan to go to <strong>China</strong>, attend a 3-day seminar or something similar, so that they get at least<br />

some ideas of the Chinese culture, but there is no intensive training to prepare them<br />

adequately.<br />

<strong>China</strong> and its people are still relatively unknown to many Europeans but the companies have<br />

learned to understand the culture and to adapt to it. For this reason, our interview partners<br />

were able to give us a good idea of important factors to build up a good relationship with the<br />

Chinese partner and to be successful in business.<br />

Good intercultural management may not mean trying to find solutions for existing problems<br />

between the partners, but trying to avoid them.<br />

3.4.3.1 Interviewed Companies<br />

Our intention was to interview companies from different industries to see if intercultural<br />

problems come up only because of the collision of two cultures or if it is also a matter of the<br />

industry. <strong>The</strong> following companies were interviewed:<br />

• Bühler AG, Uzwil, Switzerland<br />

• BASF AG, Ludwigshafen, Germany<br />

• Daniel Swarovski Corporation AG, Feldmeilen, Switzerland<br />

• D. Swarovski & Co., Wattens, Austria<br />

• Georg Fischer AG, Schaffhausen, Switzerland<br />

• Hilti Aktiengesellschaft, Schaan, Fürstentum Liechtenstein<br />

All interviewed companies have had experiences with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong> for several<br />

years. From the interviews, it is clear that intercultural problems do not depend on the<br />

industry a company is in.<br />

135


3.4.3.2 Interviews<br />

In the interviews, the companies were asked questions relating to 4 areas:<br />

1. Preparation for their engagement in <strong>China</strong>, including training courses for employees;<br />

2. Search for and evaluation of the Chinese partner;<br />

3. Negotiation process – the problems, solutions and avoidance of problems;<br />

4. Daily business dealings as well as some general questions relating to doing business in<br />

<strong>China</strong>.<br />

3.4.3.3 Important Factors<br />

During the interviews we received a lot of information. <strong>The</strong> most important factors to avoid<br />

intercultural problems and to build up a good relationship with the Chinese partner as well as<br />

to be successful in business are presented in the following section.<br />

Employees and Training<br />

An expatriate who is representing the European part of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>, has a very important<br />

and meaningful function. He has a strong influence on the Chinese partner's behaviour and it<br />

is mostly up to him as to whether the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners have a good relationship and<br />

good co-operation. <strong>The</strong>refore, the expatriate has to be highly motivated to go to <strong>China</strong> and he<br />

needs to be very positive and feel good about this decision. It is also absolutely necessary that<br />

he has a general interest in the country and its people. Otherwise his stay in <strong>China</strong> will<br />

become very stressful and uncomfortable. This again would have a negative influence on his<br />

behaviour.<br />

Professional qualifications of an expatriate is also a prerequisite, but it is not the most<br />

important factor in <strong>China</strong>. Much more important are social abilities. He has to be very<br />

sensitive and needs a good feeling for people. He has to try to understand what the Chinese<br />

are saying to him and therefore he has to be a person who listens to others. Furthermore he<br />

needs the ability to communicate in a way that nobody is loosing “face”. A rude expatriate<br />

who is not able to adapt to Chinese behaviours would lose his face and also his reputation.<br />

Moreover an intercultural training course is highly recommended. One of the interviewed<br />

companies found in their experience, that people who worked for a few weeks or months in<br />

<strong>China</strong> and did not attend a training course had much more troubles in adopting to the Chinese<br />

way of life. <strong>The</strong>y were much more annoyed about little things and complained more than the<br />

136


ones who atte nded a course. <strong>The</strong>y simply do not have a basic understanding for the different<br />

thinking and values of the Chinese. <strong>The</strong>y expect the Chinese to act like Europeans.<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />

To be successful in the long run, it is essential to have the right Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partner, that is<br />

one who is interested in a long-lasting relationship. <strong>The</strong>refore it is not unusual for the search<br />

for the right counterpart to take two to three years. It is easy for Chinese to impress Europeans<br />

and to pull the wool over their eyes, because it is quite difficult for investors to check the<br />

information a potential partner gives to them. For this reason it is important to screen each<br />

potential partner carefully.<br />

As a result of early export activities, most of our interviewed companies had already good<br />

relations with <strong>China</strong> long before their Joint <strong>Venture</strong> engagement. <strong>The</strong> advantage of export<br />

partners becoming Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners, is that they know and trust each other before they<br />

start their business activities in the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>.<br />

If no relations to a Chinese company exist, you might get help from the local embassy,<br />

business associations, consulates or of other European companies already doing business in<br />

<strong>China</strong>. In this case it is best to choose a well established Chinese company as Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

partner. <strong>The</strong> company has already successfully built up a reputation in the market and is not<br />

willing to lose this. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is likely to act within a Western legal frame. Moreover, the<br />

more similar the business philosophies of the two partners, the bigger the chance of becoming<br />

successful Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners in business.<br />

Negotiation process<br />

<strong>The</strong> negotiation process will last on the average between one and two years. This period was<br />

mentioned by all our interview partners. It is important, that trust in the Chinese partner is a<br />

central point for negotiations. <strong>The</strong> Chinese partner should, as already mentioned above, be<br />

interested in a long-lasting relationship. This means, that his main target is not to make short-<br />

term profits or misuse the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> to get access to foreign technology for his own use.<br />

Europeans must take their counterpart serious and must have a fair attitude in order to achieve<br />

a good and friendly negotiation climate. This means, that they have to listen and pay attention<br />

to what their Chinese negotiation partner says. Europeans should try to find a basic<br />

understanding of Chinese values and behaviours. <strong>The</strong>y should stick to their own position and<br />

strategy, but at the same time think also about the Chinese position. One should always<br />

evaluate the Chinese point of view. Good relations at a personal level can help a lot.<br />

137


To achieve good personal relations, it is important to meet regularly with the potential<br />

Chinese partners. Continuous contact via telephone, fax and le tters cannot replace the<br />

personal face-to-face meeting. It is also important to have informal meetings besides those at<br />

the negotiation table, such as at a Karaoke bar, at dinner, etc. This was highly recommended<br />

by nearly all of our interview partners. One said, that you have to meet so often at an informal<br />

level and talk about the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>, that in the end, everybody is saying the same thing and<br />

nobody is losing face. It helps both sides to get to know each other better.<br />

Another important factor, me ntioned by our interview partners, is that the Europeans should<br />

adapt to Chinese’s negotiation tactics. <strong>The</strong>y have to learn the way Chinese do business and<br />

how they negotiate. This learning will take a long time, and is mainly a process of trial and<br />

error, and can hardly be learned before going to <strong>China</strong>. A recommendation of our<br />

interviewees on how to handle this problem is the following: "Be very flexible at the initial<br />

stage". This sentence is a central statement. <strong>The</strong> "Letter of Intent" is only used to convince the<br />

governmental institutions, it is not a pre-contract. Here, one can make concessions, but do not<br />

move too far from the final goal.<br />

Despite economic development and opening to the West, the Chinese keep their traditions.<br />

Two main topics in this context are seniority and hierarchical thinking. This means, that the<br />

oldest is the leader of the negotiation team and decides. <strong>The</strong>re are no democratic decisions.<br />

Because of this acceptance of authority, you have to be sure about your goal and strategy. An<br />

example, that illustrates this point, is, that in a Chinese negotiation delegation only one person<br />

is talking, whereas in a German or Swiss delegation, everybody is talking. Chinese are very<br />

analytical and once they recognised that there is no common strategy in the European team,<br />

they will try to use this to their own advantage. <strong>The</strong>refore, negotiation meetings have to be<br />

very well prepared for by the Europeans as the Chinese are well prepared. You have to stick<br />

to your strategy, otherwise one single remark can turn the whole negotiation process up-side<br />

down.<br />

During negotiations, Chinese often switch negotiators and the subject. This is not bad at all.<br />

Think of the following, which happened to one of our interview partners: You negotiate e.g. a<br />

whole year without having found a single solution or common level. If now the Chinese<br />

switch the negotiators, it can also be an advantage for you, because with the new team you<br />

can start the discussion again, and the possibility to find a mutual solution could be much<br />

higher.<br />

138


Another Chinese tactic is, as mentioned above, to delay decisions. Europeans should not be<br />

too astonished if the first question on their arrival in <strong>China</strong> is for their flight back. A<br />

preferable answer, in this case, is to say that you stay as long as the negotiations will last. One<br />

interviewee suggested to present a shorter time table or leave the returning flight open. When<br />

the Chinese know the return date, a typical negotiation week may look like this: First half of<br />

the week will be spent on social activities and dinners at the evening. <strong>The</strong> "friendly banquet"<br />

during the negotiation period is used by the Chinese to get to know the European partner<br />

better. <strong>The</strong> second half will be general discussion and on the last day the real contract<br />

negotiations will start. That way, Chinese try to force the foreign partner to make more<br />

concessions and accept a less favourable contract. <strong>The</strong>y know that you cannot go back home<br />

without achieving anything.<br />

"<strong>The</strong> end of a negotiation period is the beginning for further ne gotiations." In <strong>China</strong>, a<br />

contract is not rigid. It can happen, that after a contract is negotiated and ready for signing, the<br />

Chinese partner wants to discuss the subject again.<br />

Recommendations<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no general recipe. Nobody has a hundred per cent success formula. However, there<br />

are some recommendations, made by our interview partners, which may help. A Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />

should always be based on partnership. Win their trust and be prepared for compromises. Be<br />

patient, reserve a lot of time and be sure that your goal is not to far away from that of your<br />

partner. A good personal relationship is a very important success factor. Stay in regular<br />

contact, even if there are no problems. This will show your interest. You will have the<br />

opportunity to feel the mood of the employees of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>. Take care of your<br />

expatriates. You can use their knowledge of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> and <strong>China</strong> for other employees<br />

and the mother company. Remember, that everything is translated in <strong>China</strong>. This is one reason<br />

why everything takes longer. In most Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s of our interview partners, the President is<br />

Chinese, the Vice President is German or Swiss and the General Manager is German or Swiss<br />

and the Vice General Manager is Chinese. This is because Chinese still have the hierarchical<br />

thinking, and a Chinese President knows Chinese business better and can use his influence<br />

and connections for the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>. <strong>The</strong> European, as General manager, can contribute the<br />

technical and management knowledge. Hong Kong and overseas Chinese can act as<br />

intermediates and catalysts, because they know both worlds, the Western and the Chinese one.<br />

139


3.4.3.4 Evaluation of the Interviews<br />

Companies which stress the human factor have the biggest success in <strong>China</strong>. During our<br />

research, we found out that companie s which have existing business relations to <strong>China</strong>,<br />

because of former export activities, and good connections to embassies or politicians have<br />

less problems than the others. <strong>The</strong> companies which trust their Chinese counterpart and have<br />

no fixed framework are more successful than the others. It should always be kept in mind that<br />

Chinese also want to make profit. <strong>The</strong>ir understanding of profit differs sometimes from that of<br />

the Europeans. Chinese are perceived as being more short-time oriented, whereas German and<br />

Swiss companies want to establish a long-term relationship. If the European companies accept<br />

these differences and offer the Chinese partners a significant share of profit and stay flexible,<br />

they have less difficulties. An aspect which is important but cannot be influenced is luck.<br />

Without it, every preparation and strategy is worthless.<br />

It is not wise to push Chinese straight to the point. A basic understanding, achieved by<br />

training or experience, is highly important. Using European management and negotiation<br />

tactics will lead to a disaster. "It is not a shame to be European, and it is not a shame to make<br />

mistakes." This statement is true, but without any intercultural sensitivity one mistake may<br />

often to be too much.<br />

Reading this paper helped Paul to realise a major perception problem in his relationships with<br />

the Chinese. He just did not understand what this “Guanxi” is all about, which Mr. Zheng had<br />

so dutifully developed for his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>. It is a social network involving genuine<br />

relationships of trust, loyalty and responsibility. It has little to do with corruption or<br />

malpractice although to the uninitiated, it may look somewhat like that. Indeed, the Chinese<br />

were so nice to him because they were really giving him the opportunity to develop genuine<br />

relationships (Guanxi) with them. <strong>The</strong> Chinese are not in the habit of working with someone<br />

they do not know and without such genuine relationships. <strong>The</strong>se thoughts made Paul want to<br />

kick himself for his cultural ignorance and impatience. He should have spent some time trying<br />

to understand his Chinese partners and venture, not just the superficial business and financial<br />

aspects, but more the social relationship aspects on which the venture is grounded.<br />

Paul turned to the final paper on post-entry strategic considerations.<br />

140


4. Post-Entry Strategic Considerations<br />

<strong>The</strong> problem of a <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> not working well or even stumbling after a successful entry<br />

is a very real problem. Many companies made the mistake of leaving their <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> to<br />

less experienced managers once it has been successfully set up. Most simply did not realise<br />

the volatility of the ever changing environment and how fast such environmental changes<br />

would demand a re-positioning of their business ventures in <strong>China</strong>. Clearly, such an<br />

environment is also alien to Paul. He did not realise the dynamics of this environment when<br />

Mr. Zheng was running the business. He did not realise it when he took over the running of<br />

the business. He finally began to realise the problem as he read on in a paper by Klaus<br />

Kukovetz...<br />

4.1 Post-entry Considerations: Need for Re-evaluation and Re-positioning (by<br />

Klaus Kukovetz)<br />

4.1.1 Introduction<br />

<strong>The</strong> Chinese business environment is characterised by high GDP growth rates and therefore a<br />

fast changing business environment. <strong>The</strong> regulatory environment is also only emerging, which<br />

makes rapid changes in the political and judicial system possible. Because of its geographical<br />

and cultural distance to Europe, the inner workings of the country, reasons and speed of<br />

change, etc. are often diffic ult to understand for foreign companies.<br />

For all of these reasons, a strategy for the Chinese market has to be flexibly applied according<br />

to changes in the underlying variables. To be able to react in a timely and appropriate way, a<br />

company will need to establish reliable feedback loops to channel information from the field<br />

back to the headquarters.<br />

Information sources for such feedback loops should be plentiful and extend to sources outside<br />

one’s own organisation. Often, managers in the local subsidiary will be biased about specific<br />

bits of information. Censorship might come only too naturally to managers in <strong>China</strong>. For this<br />

reason, a broad net of business contacts with people, companies, and other organisations<br />

focused on <strong>China</strong> will be very useful. Such a w eb of inside and outside sources of information<br />

and feedback will provide a better basis for sound decisions.<br />

In addition, a system of constant re-evaluation should be built up, which should be designed<br />

to compare planned developments from actual trends. Not all disparities between plan and<br />

reality are reasons for concern or should initiate structural changes. Due to the unreliability of<br />

141


much business data in <strong>China</strong> and the speed of change and development in the environment.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re, many plans will prove inadequate and unable to reflect actual developments. In this<br />

respect, a large pool of applicable and reliable information from efficient sources will be<br />

particularly helpful, as it helps to differentiate between discrepancies caused by slower<br />

development of an otherwise well designed business and those caused by operational or<br />

strategy related flaws of the company.<br />

An organisational structure for gathering information and feedback together with processes to<br />

periodically re-evaluate the business, should form the basis for post-entry strategic success.<br />

However, these structures and processes can only be utilised to their fullest if they go hand in<br />

hand with the will, determination, and power to actively reposition the Chinese business if<br />

necessary.<br />

<strong>The</strong> will and determination will have to be achieved by appropriate internal monitoring and<br />

management processes. <strong>The</strong> power to do so, however, is often won or lost during the initial<br />

phase of negotiations with one’s partners. If the joint venture partner has a significant share in<br />

the ownership of the project, strategic change may be very difficult to achieve. This may<br />

result, as the examples below will show, in outright failure of the whole project and total loss<br />

of the investment. For this reason, the possibility for significant strategic repositioning needs<br />

to be taken into account already in the business formation phase.<br />

<strong>The</strong> need to reposition one's activities will be larger in <strong>China</strong> than in a more stable business<br />

environment. <strong>The</strong> challenges faced in trying to achieve such goals may easily be<br />

underestimated. <strong>The</strong> following examples and case-studies will show how the need for re-<br />

evaluation and repositioning can arise in reality. Some of the dire consequences of the lack of<br />

planning for exit strategies can surely be avoid ed by openly discussing and accounting for<br />

various developments that might make strategic change necessary.<br />

4.1.2 Case studies<br />

4.1.2.1 Luxury goods company in <strong>China</strong> (LGC)<br />

LGC is a family owned company supplying highly priced fashion jewellery to a world market.<br />

With around 9200 employees the company generates a turnover of around 1.4 billion CHF. It<br />

operates globally with more than 70 group companies, most of which are sales offices. By the<br />

early 1990s, the company operated two production facilities in Asia. One of them in Thailand<br />

142


and the other one in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> company organised its Asian activities through sales offices<br />

in <strong>China</strong>, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand.<br />

LGC started the process of building up its joint venture in <strong>China</strong> already in the mid 1980s. By<br />

doing so it could draw on the 25 years long experience of its Hong Kong office. 50 per cent of<br />

the joint venture was owned by LGC, the rest by two Chinese partners, one of them a<br />

government agency.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company encountered little problems in starting up production and it also managed to<br />

achieve its goal to stimulate the development of a local fashion industry that would use some<br />

of LGC's core products as raw materials. <strong>The</strong>re were no quality problems with the products as<br />

export goals could be easily met.<br />

However, internal sales did not develop according to plan. <strong>The</strong> partner company did not meet<br />

LGC's expectations as far as distribution and logistics was concerned. Also, the partner did<br />

not offer the expected network of contacts to relevant business partners. Managerial problems<br />

were caused by a lack of co-operation between the foreign and local partners. Managers<br />

appointed by the Chinese side tried to short cut decision making by LGC's general manager.<br />

This resulted in bad business decisions, among which was the hiring of inappropriate staff.<br />

Internal problems of the company were further worsened by a market which initially proved<br />

smaller than forecast, by problems in exporting to other regions, and by a quickly emerging<br />

competitive environment. Competitors soon managed to offer similar products, albeit at lower<br />

quality, at much cheaper prices.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se trends did not escape the attention of the managers at LGC's headquarters. For a long<br />

time they tried to mend the problems within the existing organisational structure but had<br />

finally realised that a complete re-evaluation and repositioning of the company's activities in<br />

<strong>China</strong> was necessary.<br />

For this purpose, the management formed a team of specialist at the European headquarters.<br />

This group could draw on information from within <strong>China</strong>, within the region, most notably<br />

from its regional office in Hong Kong, as well as from outside sources. LGC attributed<br />

enough attention to this repositioning process to invite professional, as well as semi-<br />

professional consultants to join their efforts to reposition the company's strategies. 143<br />

143 One of these groups of outside advisors was headed by the author together with a fellow<br />

researcher, Reza Rahimi. <strong>The</strong> team also included nine graduate students of the University of St.<br />

Gallen, Switzerland.<br />

143


During the many years of trying to fix problems internally without the means nor will to<br />

enforce major changes, the business environment in <strong>China</strong> had also changed so dramatically<br />

that LGC had to restart planning from base zero. This meant that after around ten years of<br />

doing business in <strong>China</strong> with a largely unchanged organisational structure which did not<br />

perform satisfactorily, the company preferred to plan a completely new market entrance rather<br />

than trying to build on its existing organisation. Knowing that the joint venture agreement was<br />

too rigid to allow for major changes, LGC was willing to forfeit most of its investments in the<br />

existing company.<br />

LGC considered its many years of operations in <strong>China</strong> as a valuable - if costly - learning<br />

phase, which helped the company to now plan a new market entry with a more suitable and<br />

flexible structure. In doing so, LGC developed an aggressive plan of quick market<br />

penetration, which would inte grate all the company's relevant business units. Instead of trying<br />

to accommodate this new strategy with existing structures, it opted to write -off its investments<br />

up to date to avoid further delays in re-structuring and repositioning.<br />

<strong>The</strong> example of LGC shows clearly that in a fast changing, unstable and very risky business<br />

environment, flexibility is a core virtue. Flexibility to significantly change a company's<br />

strategy in a target market may, however, be forfeited very early on in the market entry<br />

process. In LGC's example, the joint venture agreement did not only suffer from operational<br />

problems but it also made a swift and decisive change in goals, structures and operations<br />

impossible. Realising the need for possible restructuring and repositioning in the future even<br />

before start up is very important and should therefore be taken into considerations in the early<br />

phases of strategic planning for market entry.<br />

4.1.2.2 Consumer goods company in <strong>China</strong> (CGC) 144<br />

CGC is a continental European SME with around 1000 employees and 150 million CHF<br />

turnover. It produces goods in a variety of industries. Its core competence is coffee roasting<br />

and the manufacture of various coffee-based drinks. Coffee is also the strategic business unit<br />

which CGC chose for market entry into <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Prior to its market entrance, CGC had gathered some relevant experience through its<br />

marketing of speciality coffee products in Japan. <strong>The</strong> company had not, however, had any<br />

144 <strong>The</strong> research for this case study was undertaken by the author in 1997.<br />

144


experience in operating production facilities outside Europe before it entered into joint<br />

venture negotiations in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Planning for the foundation of a production joint venture started in 1993 and progressed<br />

rapidly, even though CGC's management did not have any relevant experience of doing<br />

business or negotiating in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> goals of the company were straight forward. It wanted<br />

to penetrate the market quickly, starting with sales in <strong>China</strong>'s most promising city, Shanghai.<br />

Plans were short-term with expectations of breaking even in the second year of operations.<br />

During the planning and build up phase, no consideration was given to the eventuality of a<br />

failure. No exit strategy was therefore discussed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> company decided quickly to enter the market via a joint venture agreement with a local<br />

partner. Negotiations were swift as both partners wanted to start doing business quickly. <strong>The</strong><br />

contract was considered very favourable to CGC, giving it 60% of voting rights, as well as<br />

management authority. <strong>The</strong> partner, a state -owned business, contributed land and buildings.<br />

During the negotiations the partner had insisted that the joint venture would take on people<br />

from the partner company if they had appropriate experience for their new jobs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> newly formed joint venture company achieved a satisfactory product quality very quickly<br />

through the utilisation of European machinery. Even more successful were the marketing<br />

efforts of the company. According to their own estimation, CGC achieved a brand recognition<br />

rate in Shanghai of over 90% within two years of operation.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se marketing efforts and successes, however, were not mirrored in similarly impressive<br />

sales figures. This was mainly true because distribution did not work at all. Like what<br />

happened to so many other foreign companies, CGC's partner did not live up to expectations.<br />

At the beginning, the joint venture company relied mostly on the partner's distribution<br />

channels which proved to be so inadequate, that demand could not even be met in the city of<br />

Shanghai. Further expansion to other regions seemed completely beyond the capability of the<br />

company.<br />

Apart from distribution, the company also faced major cost problems. Production turned out<br />

to be much more expensive than originally planned. Personnel costs were much higher than<br />

forecast. <strong>The</strong> reason for the high personnel costs could be traced bac k to the hiring of too<br />

many and too inefficient workers from the partner company. CGC hoped that changing the<br />

general manager, who had the ultimate authority over hiring people, would cure the problem.<br />

However, the partner company continued to exert pressure on the new general manager to hire<br />

more and more employees.<br />

145


<strong>The</strong> apparent policy of the partner company to channel workers to the joint venture affected<br />

also for the distribution system as the partner would sabotage the initially successful efforts to<br />

outsource distribution to a third party.<br />

Problems like these are reported by many companies operating in <strong>China</strong>. Many of these<br />

problems will not be totally avoidable. It is crucial, however, how a company can react in face<br />

of such problems and challenges.<br />

CGC's management was well aware of the problems at an early stage on. After the initial<br />

phase of joint venture foundation was completed, the management's interest in their <strong>China</strong><br />

project did not diminish. This was due to the significance of the venture for the relatively<br />

small and internationally inexperienced company. For this reason as well as the short term<br />

goals of the joint venture, CGC realised very early on that a re -evaluation and subsequent<br />

repositioning of the joint venture was necessary.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were enough ideas for such a repositioning, ranging from a stop to new employees, to<br />

the outsourcing of distribution. <strong>The</strong> company had also hoped that its contract, capital<br />

majority, and management authority would allow it to alter operational strategy relatively<br />

easily. CGC had to realise, however, that a repositioning within the current structure could not<br />

be achieved. It had not talked with its partner about eventualities that would make massive<br />

changes of the operations of the company necessary. More importantly, CGC realised only<br />

later on that there existed a mismatch of goals between the foreign and Chinese partner, who<br />

seemed to be mostly concerned with cutting down its own work force.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, any drive for change met with fierce opposition. Combined with a certain lack of<br />

understanding of local procedures, the working climate deteriorated massively, until CGC had<br />

to realise that the venture had failed entirely. CGC ultimately had lost all of its capital.<br />

Just as in the case of LGC, also CGC failed to provide for the possibility of massive<br />

restructuring and repositioning in the early phases of market entry planning. In their<br />

evaluation of market entry methods, both companies did not give enough weight to the<br />

flexibility that a wholly owned, or de -facto wholly owned company would provide for the<br />

foreign investor. Both companies might have chosen a joint venture agreement even if they<br />

had taken such possibilities into consideration. But by ignoring the possibility of the necessity<br />

of major changes in operational and strategic direction, the companies did not plan their<br />

market entrance in an optimal way.<br />

146


In these two cases, the companies may well have never had a fair chance to succeed. It is<br />

possible, however, to learn from these two case studies that complete failure of one's<br />

investment projects might be avoidable through the creation of a very flexible organisational<br />

structure. This could either be achieved alone or with one’s partners. In the latter case, a<br />

potential investor would have to evaluate in an early stage of the planning process, the<br />

reaction of the partner to significant strategic changes due to problems or massive variations<br />

in the competitive environment. It can be concluded that post-entry considerations must be<br />

taken into consideration during the early stages of market entry planning.<br />

147


Epilogue<br />

Finally, Paul has finished reading the set of <strong>China</strong> papers. <strong>The</strong>re is little doubt that <strong>China</strong> is<br />

not too perplexing anymore. Indeed, his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> has succeeded under Mr. Zheng<br />

because Mr. Zheng knew his business well and the operating environment in <strong>China</strong> well. He<br />

also knew his partners and business collaborators well enough to know how to set up and<br />

maintain a long term mutually beneficial relationship with them. He wished he had not let Mr.<br />

Zheng go.<br />

As Paul sat and pondered about his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>, he could envisage how he too would have<br />

succeeded without Mr. Zheng. <strong>The</strong>re is so much more that could have been done. After all, he<br />

certainly was lucky to have so many former business partners who have proved their<br />

reliability through past dealings. This is a far cry from the many often heard complaints of<br />

foreign businessmen in <strong>China</strong>. He had the right contacts and yet, he seemed to have lost them<br />

all. He wished he had read these papers earlier, but then it may still not be too late. Should he<br />

not go back to <strong>China</strong> and try to revive his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>? Will his former partners and<br />

collaborators in <strong>China</strong> accept him again? Can he start again? <strong>The</strong>se questions continued to<br />

occupy his mind as he slumped on his easy chair and fell deep asleep.<br />

148


5. References<br />

Aharoni, Y. (1966):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Foreign Investment Decision Approach. Boston, Mass., Graduate School of Business<br />

Administration, Harvard University.<br />

Alexander, G. / Sharpe, W. / Bailey, J. (1993):<br />

Fundamentals of Investments , Englewood Cliffs.<br />

Angang, Hu (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s Environmental Issues. In: Harris, Stuart/Klintworth, Gary (1995):<strong>China</strong> as a Great<br />

Power. Myths, Realities and Challenges in the Asia -Pacific Region.St. Martin’s Press, New<br />

York.<br />

Arthur Andersen (Ed.) (1996):<br />

<strong>China</strong> Perspectives. 4 th Edition. Hong Kong, Arthur Andersen.<br />

Bamberger, I. / Evers, M. (1994):<br />

Internationalization Behaviour of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises - Empirical Results.<br />

In: Product/Market Strategies of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises, (ed. by Bamberger, I.),<br />

Aldershot.<br />

Borrmann, A. / Holthus, M. / Menck, K.-W. / Schnatz, B. (1996):<br />

Kleine und mittlere deutsche Unternehmen in Asien: Investitionschancen und Erfahrungen.<br />

HWWA Veröffentlichung Band 30, Nomos, Baden-Baden.<br />

Brahm L. and Li D. (1996):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong> , Butterworth-Heinemann Asia, Singapore.<br />

Brealey, R. / Myers, S. (1991):<br />

Principles of Corporate Finance, New York, 4. Auflage.<br />

Brown, D. G. (1986):<br />

Partnership with <strong>China</strong>. Sino -Foreign Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in Historical Perspective. Westview,<br />

Boulder.<br />

Buchmann, U. / Huang, R. / Christen, D. / Bristol, E. (1996):<br />

Economic and legal perspectives of financial deregulation in <strong>China</strong>, Credit Suisse -Report,<br />

<strong>China</strong>, March 1996.<br />

Bülk, J. H. (1997):<br />

Marterschliessungsstrategien Deutscher und Schweizerischer Klein und Mittelunternehmen in<br />

der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong> . St. Gallen, Dissertation.<br />

Büschgen, H. (1993):<br />

Bankbetriebslehre, 4. Aufl., Wiesbaden.<br />

Business <strong>China</strong> (1998):<br />

Bank with attitude - Corporate profile; <strong>The</strong> Economist Intelligence Unit Ltd. 1998, Business<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Issue July 6th 1998.<br />

149


Buxbaum, D.C. / Gonzalez, E.A. (1998):<br />

Debt or equity? Financing options for PRC investors, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, June/July<br />

1998, 10-14.<br />

Cao, K. (1995):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Changing Capital Markets of East Asia, London/New York.<br />

Chan, P. (1995):<br />

Raising Capital through the Shanghai Stock Market, in: <strong>China</strong> Banking & Finance, 28 June<br />

1995, 1-5.<br />

Chandra, V. / Bal, D. (1995):<br />

Technology Financing of SMEs in the Asia Pacific Region. Tech Monitor, Nov-Dec 1995, 8-<br />

13.<br />

Chen, Min (1993):<br />

Understanding the process of doing business in <strong>China</strong>, Taiwan and Hong Kong: a guide for<br />

international executives, Lewiston, New York.<br />

Chengsi, Z. (1994):<br />

Changing Trends: Special Features, Merits and Shortcomings of <strong>China</strong>’s Laws for intellectual<br />

Property Protection. Tech Monitor, May-June 1994, 13-32.<br />

Child, J. (1994):<br />

Management in <strong>China</strong> during the Age of Reform. Cambridge University Press.<br />

Chong, Li Choy (1990):<br />

Sources of business financing and financing practices: a comparison among U.S. and Asian<br />

countries", Journal of Business Venturing , page 272.<br />

Chung, Tzöl Zae/Sievert, Hans-Wolf (1995):<br />

Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s im chinesischen Kulturkreis: Eintrittsbarrieren überwinden, Marktchancen<br />

nutzen , Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />

Copeland, T. / Weston, F. (1992):<br />

Financial <strong>The</strong>ory and Corporate Policy, Massachussetts, 3. Auflage.<br />

Cotterell, A. (1993):<br />

East Asia – From Chinese Predominance to the Rise of the Pacific Rim. John Murray<br />

(Publishers) Ltd., London.<br />

Delman, J. (1989):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Role of Training in Technology Transfers to <strong>China</strong> – a Case Study of the Danish<br />

Experience. Copenhagen Discussion Papers No. 4, March 1989, Center for East and<br />

Southeast Asian Studies, University of Copenhagen.<br />

Dobbins, R. / Witt, S. / Fie lding, J. (1994):<br />

Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory and Investment Management, 2nd edition, Oxford.<br />

150


Dony, A. G. (1998):<br />

Market Entry Strategies for the Consumer Goods Industry in the PR <strong>China</strong> . An Empirical<br />

Study on the Beer and Soft Drink Industry. Dissertation, Universität St. Gallen. Difo-Druck,<br />

Bamberg.<br />

Dun & Bradstedt, Shanghai (1998):<br />

Counting the cost: managing credit systems in <strong>China</strong>; in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, June/July<br />

1998, 15-22.<br />

Dunning, J. H. (1997):<br />

Alliance Capitalism and Global Business, London/New York.<br />

Dunning, J.H. (1995):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Role of Foreign Direct Investment in a Globalizing Economy. Banco Nazionale de<br />

Lavoro Quarterly Review , vol. 43, No. 193, 155-244.<br />

Dunung, Sanjyot P. (1995):<br />

Doing Business in Asia – <strong>The</strong> Complete Guide, Sexington Books, New York.<br />

Ehlern, S. (1997):<br />

International Private Banking, Bern/Stuttgart/Wien.<br />

Elk, K. van / Wijngaarden, K. de Lind van / Moonen, B. (1994):<br />

Globalization of Economic Activities and Small and Medium Sized Enterprise Development.<br />

Economisch Instituut voor het Midden- en Kleinbedrijf, Zoetermeer.<br />

Epple, P. (1995):<br />

Der Technologietransfer durch Klein und Mittelbetriebe in Entwicklungsländer. Frankfurt,<br />

Peter Lang (Europäische Hochschulschriften).<br />

Ernst & Young (1994):<br />

Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, International Business Series, Ernst & Young International, New<br />

York.<br />

Export Risk Guarantee Agency of Switzerland (1997):<br />

Swiss Export Risk Guarantee Scheme, Export Risk Guarantee Agency, Zurich.<br />

Fan, Z.-J. (1994):<br />

Ausländische Direktinvestitionen in der Volksrepublik Ch ina, Giessen.<br />

Feinstein, C. / Howe, C. (Eds.) (1993):<br />

Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical Problems and<br />

International Perspectives. Edwar Elgar, London.<br />

Fitzpatrick, E.J. / Chen, H.C. (1996):<br />

Licensing in North-East Asia. Asia Law, October 1996, 16-20.<br />

Foreign Investment Administration / Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation<br />

(1995):<br />

Summary of <strong>China</strong>’s Foreign Investment Policy, Beijing.<br />

151


Forschungsinstitut für Internationales Management an der Universität St. Gallen (1997):<br />

Students' Report on the Trip to Shanghai 1997, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland.<br />

Franke, G. (1983):<br />

Kapitalmarkt und Separation; in: Zeitschrift für Betriebswirtschaft Nr. 53 (1983), 239-260.<br />

Froot, K. A. (1993):<br />

Foreign Direct Investment, Chicago/London.<br />

Gebhardt,G. / Gerke, W. / Steiner, M. (Hrsg.) (1993):<br />

Handbuch des Finanzmanagements, München.<br />

Girardin, E. (1997):<br />

Banking Sector Reform and Credit Control in <strong>China</strong> , Paris.<br />

Goldenberg, S. (1990): Management von Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. Fallbeispiele aus Europa, USA,<br />

<strong>China</strong> und Japan. Gabler, Wiesbaden.<br />

Guo, A. / Akroyd, R. (1996):<br />

Overcoming barriers to technology transfer into <strong>China</strong>, in Child, John / Lu, Yuan (Eds.):<br />

Management Issues in <strong>China</strong> Volume II: International Enterprises, Routledge, London.<br />

Hannan, K. (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Modernisation and the goal of prosperity, Cambridge.<br />

Heilmann, S. (1996):<br />

Das politische System der VR <strong>China</strong> im Wandel, Hamburg.<br />

Heiniger, Yvonne (1997):<br />

In Asien läuft alles anders, Bilanz 6/97.<br />

Hofstede, G. (1994):<br />

Cultures and Organisations, Intercultural Co -operation and its Importance for Survival.<br />

HarperCollins, London.<br />

Horstschäfer, R. (1997):<br />

Auslandsbanken in der VR <strong>China</strong>, Entwicklung und Perspektiven; in: <strong>China</strong> aktuell Nr. 11<br />

(1997), 1106-1116.<br />

Huang, Y . (1996):<br />

Revamping the Legal Framework for the Chinese Banking System, London.<br />

IMF (Ed.) (1997a):<br />

International Financial Statistics. Yearbook 1997, Washington.<br />

IMF (Ed.) (1997b):<br />

International Financial Statistics. September 1997, Washington.<br />

Information Office of the State Council of the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (1994): Intellectual<br />

Property Protection in <strong>China</strong>. Beijing Review , June 1994, 20-26.<br />

International Chamber of Commerce (1997):<br />

Business Law in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

152


Islam, I. / Chowdhury, A. (1997): Asia-Pacific Economies, London.<br />

Jamieson, B. et al. (1997):<br />

<strong>The</strong> UBS Guide to the Emerging Markets. Bloomsbury Publishing, London.<br />

Jiangping, X. (1997):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s International Technology Transfer: <strong>The</strong> Current Situation, Problems and Future<br />

Prospects. In: Feinstein, C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s:<br />

Current Practice, Historical Problems and International Perspectives, 82-95, Edwar Elgar,<br />

London.<br />

Jin Rong Shi Bao (Financial Times <strong>China</strong> ) (1996):<br />

To write the hopes of tomorrow, March 5, 1996, 2.<br />

Jingping, D. (1997):<br />

Using Imported Technology to transform Existing Enterprises in <strong>China</strong>. In: Feinstein,<br />

C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical<br />

Problems and International Perspectives, 96-114, Edwar Elgar, London.<br />

Jones, William C. (1989):<br />

Basic Principles of Civil Law in <strong>China</strong>,.<br />

Katz, C. A. (1997):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Role of International Banks in the Transformation of the Chinese Financial System,<br />

Dissertation der Universität St. Gallen No. 1996, Rosch-Buch, Scheschlitz.<br />

Kieser, A./ H. Kubicek (1992):<br />

Organisation, Berlin.<br />

Kim, S.G. (1996):<br />

Technological Capability and Patterns of Technology Transfer in Asian Countries. Tech<br />

Monitor, Mar-Apr 1996, 24-27.<br />

Klingholz, Reiner (1994):<br />

Der Riese erwacht, GEO spezial – <strong>China</strong>, Nr. 1/Februar 1994.<br />

Kloth, B. (1996):<br />

Technologietransfer im Rahmen schweizerisch -chinesischer Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. St. Gallen,<br />

Dissertation.<br />

Klug, F.T. (1997):<br />

Financing Investment Projects in <strong>China</strong> , Paris.<br />

Kotelnikov, V.Y. (1995):<br />

Facilitating Transfer of Environmentally Sound Technologies among SMEs in Asia and the<br />

Pacific. Tech Monitor, Jul-Aug 1995, 8-15.<br />

Krakowski, M. / Keller, D. / Winckler-Büttner, D. / Wacker-<strong>The</strong>odorakopoulos, C. / Lux, A.<br />

(1993):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Globalization of Economic Activities and the Development of Small and Medium<br />

Enterprises in Germany. HWWA-Report 132, Hamburg.<br />

153


Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s non Bank Financial Institutions, Trust and Investment Companies, World Bank<br />

Discussion Paper No. 358, Washington.<br />

Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />

Mobilizing Domestic Capital Markets for Infrastructure Financing, World Bank Discussion<br />

Paper No. 377 , Washington.<br />

Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Regulation of Non-Bank Financial Institutions, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 362,<br />

Washington.<br />

Kynge, J./Harding J. (1998):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s bank shuts down debt-hit investment house. Financial Times, October 7, 1998.<br />

Laaksonen, O. (1988):<br />

Management in <strong>China</strong> during and after Mao in Enterprises, Government and Party. De<br />

Gruyter, Berlin.<br />

Lang, N.-S. (1998):<br />

Intercultural Management in <strong>China</strong>: Synergistic Management Approaches in Sino -European<br />

and Sino-Japanese Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. A comparative study. Dissertation, Universität St. Gallen.<br />

Gabler, Wiesbaden.<br />

Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />

Basic Concepts of Chinese La w.<br />

Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />

Contract, Guanxi and Dispute Resolution in <strong>China</strong>.<br />

Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />

Foreigner in Chinese Law.<br />

Leuenberger, T. (1971):<br />

<strong>China</strong>s Durchbruch ins zwanzigste Jahrhundert. Flamberg, Zürich.<br />

Lindquvist, M. (1991):<br />

Infant Multina tionals: <strong>The</strong> Internationalization of Young, Technology-Based Swedish Firms,<br />

Stockholm. Institute of International Business, Stockholm School of Ec onomics.<br />

Ling, J. (1995):<br />

Modernes Management von Geschäftsbanken, Guangzhou.<br />

Liu, Y. (1996):<br />

Staatsfinanzen : Gedanken über die tiefgreifenden Reformen des chinesischen Finanzsystems ,<br />

Beijing.<br />

Lü, Jinsheng (1989):<br />

Geschäfte mit <strong>China</strong>: ein Leitfaden, Verlag Welthandel, Hamburg.<br />

154


Madura, J. (1993):<br />

International Finance Perspectives, Miami.<br />

Melchers, Alexander C. (1994):<br />

Wege zur Markterschliessung „Greater <strong>China</strong>“ durch europäische Unternehmen,<br />

Diplomarbeit St. Gallen, St. Gallen.<br />

Michael, F. (1986):<br />

<strong>China</strong> through the Ages. Westview Press, London.<br />

Naisbitt, J. (1995):<br />

Megatrends Asia. <strong>The</strong> Eight Asian Megatrends that are Changing the World . Brealey,<br />

London.<br />

Naya D. J./Tan J. L. et al. (1995):<br />

Asian Transitional Economies. Challenges and Prospects for Reform and Transformation.<br />

Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore.<br />

OECD (1995):<br />

Globalisation of Econom ic Activities and the Development of SMEs. Synthesis Report of the<br />

Working Party of the Industry Committee on Small and Medium Sized Enterprises, Paris,<br />

mimeo.<br />

Pausenberger, E. (1980):<br />

Internationale Unternehmungen in Entwicklungsländern - Ihre Strategien und Erfahrungen ,<br />

Düsseldorf/Wien.<br />

Pausenberger, E. / Glaum, M. (1993):<br />

Management von Währungsrisiken; in: Gebhardt,G. / Gerke, W. / Steiner, M. (Hrsg.):<br />

Handbuch des Finanzmanagements, München.<br />

Pausenberger, E. / Völker, H. (1985):<br />

Praxis des internationalen Finanzmanagement, Wiesbaden.<br />

Pechlaner, H. (1993):<br />

Private Banking, Chur/Zürich.<br />

Perce, A. W. and Myersiek S. (1996):<br />

Craighead's Country Reports <strong>China</strong>, Craighead Publications Inc., Darien CT, USA.<br />

Phatak, Arvind V. (1992):<br />

International Dimensions of Management, 3 rd edition, Wadsworth Publishing Company,<br />

Belmaon, California.<br />

Price Waterhouse (1996):<br />

Acquisition Reviews in <strong>China</strong> - A Price Waterhouse Survey, Price Waterhouse, Hongkong.<br />

Pye, L.W. (1985):<br />

Asian Power and Politics. <strong>The</strong> Cultural Dimensions of Authority. Harvard University Press ,<br />

Cambridge.<br />

155


Reif, A. (1995):<br />

Die Entwicklung des Kapitalmarktes in der VR <strong>China</strong>, Stuttgart.<br />

Reisach U., Tauber T. and Yuan X. (1997):<br />

<strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Ueberreuter, Vienna.<br />

Root, Franklin R. (1982):<br />

Entry Strategies for International Markets, Lexington Books, Massachusetts/Toronto, 1982.<br />

Ross, S. / Westerfield, R./ Jaffe, J. (1993):<br />

Corporate Finance, 3rd edition, Homewood/Boston.<br />

Rubensdörffer, Dagmar (1997):<br />

Social Competencies for Asia, Folien-Hand out, SCS.asia St. Gallen.<br />

Schilling, G. (1996a):<br />

Politischer Hintergrund der VR <strong>China</strong>; in: DEG et. al. (Hrsg.) „Wirtschaftshandbuch <strong>China</strong>“,<br />

Band 1, Köln/Frankfurt.<br />

Schilling, G. (1996b):<br />

Wirtschaft: Struktur und Entwicklung; in: DEG et. al. (Hrsg.) „Wirtschaftshandbuch <strong>China</strong>“,<br />

Band 1, Köln/Frankfurt.<br />

Schlesinger, M.N. (1997):<br />

Intellectual Property Law in <strong>China</strong>: Part I – Complying with TRIPs Requirements. East Asian<br />

Executive Reports, January 15 1997, 9-20.<br />

Schmidt, K.-D. (1996):<br />

Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs) in International Business: A Survey of Recent<br />

Literature. Kiel Working Paper No. 721 , Kiel Institute of World Economics.<br />

Schröder, J. (1994):<br />

Die Entwicklung eines effizienten Finanzsystems in der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong>, Hamburg.<br />

Schüller, M. (1995):<br />

Die Reform des chinesischen Finanzsystems: Banken und Kapitalmärkte im Wandel; in:<br />

<strong>China</strong> Aktuell Nr. 10 (1995), 926-934.<br />

Schüller, M. (1998):<br />

Herausforderungen für den Finanzplatz Hong Kong; in: <strong>China</strong> Aktu ell Nr. 2 (1998), 199-208.<br />

Schütte, Hellmut/Lasserre, Phillipe (1996):<br />

Management-Strategien für Asien-Pazifik , Schäfer-Poeschel Verlag, Stuttgart.<br />

Schweizerische Bankiervereinigung (1997):<br />

Kredit- und <strong>Venture</strong> Capital-Finanzierung für Neuunternehmen und KMU", Schweizerische<br />

Bankiervereinigung, Basel.<br />

Segal, G. (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>, Who’s in Charge? In: World Link, <strong>The</strong> magazine of the World Economic Forum.<br />

September-October 1995, 24-30.<br />

156


Semkow, B. W. (ed.) (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong> Finance Manual, Hong Kong.<br />

Servoise, R. (1995):<br />

Japon, les clés pour comprendre. Plon, Paris.<br />

Sharpe, W. (1970):<br />

Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory and Capital Markets, New York.<br />

Shrivastava, P. (1994):<br />

Strategic Management. South Western Publishing, Cincinnati.<br />

Spremann, K. (1995):<br />

Wirtschaft, Investition und Finanzierung, 5. Auflage, München/Wien.<br />

Storey, Robert (1994):<br />

<strong>China</strong>: A travel survival Kit, 4 th edition, Lonely Plant Publications, Hawthorn.<br />

Stüdlein, Yvonne (1997):<br />

Kulturelle Perspektive internationaler strategischer Allianzen – Phasenkonzept zum<br />

Management von Kulturunterschieden, Dissertation St. Gallen, Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />

Surtani, J. (1991):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Marketing of Private Banking Services in Hong Kong, Templeton College Management<br />

Research Papers No. 6 (1991), Oxford.<br />

Tam, O.K. (1995):<br />

Financia l reform in <strong>China</strong>, London/New York.<br />

Tang, Zailiang/Reisch, Bernhard (1994):<br />

Deutsch-chinesische Management: Problemfelder–Analysen–Lösungen, Institut für<br />

interkulturelles Management, Königswinter.<br />

Terpstra, Vern/David, Kenneth (1991):<br />

<strong>The</strong> Cultural Environment in International Business, 3 rd edition, South Western, Cincinnati.<br />

Trommsdorff, Volker/Wilpert, Berhard (1994):<br />

Deutsch-chinesische Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s, Wirtschaft–Recht–Kultur, 2. überarbeitete Auflage,<br />

Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />

Tsang, E.W.K. (1994):<br />

Strategies for Transferring Technology to <strong>China</strong>, in: Long Range Planning , Vol. 27, No. 3,<br />

98-107.<br />

Tseng, W. et al. (1994):<br />

Economic Reform in <strong>China</strong> - A New Phase, IMF Occasional Paper No. 114, Washington.<br />

Vanhonacker, W. (1997):<br />

Entering <strong>China</strong>: An unconventional Approach, in: Harvard Business Review, March-April<br />

1997, 130-140.<br />

157


Waal, C. de (1998):<br />

Hedging your bets: minimising financial risk in the PRC, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, April<br />

1998, 16-19.<br />

Wang, Chenguang/Zhang, Xianchu (Ed.) (1997): Introduction to Chinese Law.<br />

Wang, Yongjun (1997):<br />

Investment in <strong>China</strong> - A Question and Answer Guide on How to Do Business, CITIC<br />

Publishing House, American Management Association, New York.<br />

Wang, Z. (1996):<br />

Deutsche Direktinvestitionen in der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong> , Berlin/Heidelberg/New York.<br />

Wegner , C. (1998):<br />

Foreign banks still restricted in scope of RMB business, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, April<br />

1998, 23-24.<br />

Wirtschaftsmacht (1996):<br />

Deng Xiaoping. Gesammelte Werke.<br />

Wu, J. (1995):<br />

<strong>China</strong>’s Economic and Financial Reform, in: Tam, Financial Reform in <strong>China</strong>, London.<br />

Wurfel, D./Burton, B. et al. (1996):<br />

Southeast Asia in the New World Order. <strong>The</strong> Political Economy of a Dynamic Region.<br />

Macmillan Press Ltd., London.<br />

Xiaofu, L. (1996):<br />

Technology Transfer in <strong>China</strong>: Current Situations, Problems and Aspects. Tech Monitor, Mar-<br />

Apr 1996, 28-32.<br />

Xiaojuan, J. (1997):<br />

Chinese Government Policy towards Science and Technology and its Influence on the<br />

Technical Development of Industrial Enterprises. In: Feinstein, C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese<br />

Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical Problems and International<br />

Perspectives, 137-151, Edwar Elgar, London.<br />

Zahid, S.N. (ed.) (1995a):<br />

Financial Sector Development in Asia, Hong Kong/Oxford/New York.<br />

Zahid, S.N. (ed.) (1995b):<br />

Financial Sector Development in Asia - Country Studies, Manila/Oxford/New York.<br />

158


6. Appendix<br />

6.1 Fact Sheet People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> 145<br />

Capital: Beijing<br />

Population: 1.22 bn<br />

Regions: 22 provinces; 3 municipalities (Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin);<br />

5 autonomous regions (Guanxi, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia,<br />

Xinjiang and Tibet)<br />

Key Cities: Shanghai (13m), Beijing (10.7m), Chengdu (9.7m), Tianjin<br />

(8.9m)<br />

Ethnic Groups: Han (91.96%), Zhuang (1.37%), Manchu (0.87%)<br />

Religions: Daoism (Taoism), Buddhism, Muslim 2%-3%, Christian 1%;<br />

officially atheist, but traditionally pragmatic and eclectic<br />

Languages: Mandarin and various dialects<br />

Land Area: 9'562'000 square kilometers; arable land: 10%<br />

145 Compare: http://www.odci.gov/cia/publications/factbook/ch.html and Business Monitor International,<br />

<strong>China</strong> & North Asia, No 8, August 1998.<br />

159


Natural resources: coal, iron ore, petroleum, mercury, tin, tungsten, antimony,<br />

manganese, molybdenum, vanadium, magnetite, aluminum,<br />

lead, zinc, uranium, hydropower potential (world's largest)<br />

GDP: consumption by sector: Agriculture 20%, Industry 49%,<br />

Services 31%<br />

GDP: real growth rate: 1995: 10.5%, 1996:9.7%, 1997: 8.5%, 1998:<br />

7.8%<br />

Consumer price inflation: 1995: 101%, 1996: 6.8%, 1997: 3% (est.)<br />

160

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!